DCS-Mirror
/
unfoldingWord_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

correct mixed ellipses (#1239)

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2019-07-09 20:57:38 +00:00 committed by Gogs
parent 6299d9abb9
commit 87a4166a9c
8 changed files with 88 additions and 88 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

74
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
View File

@ -6,14 +6,14 @@ MAT 1 1 y31w βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 The b
MAT 1 1 vpg1 Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham There were many generations between Jesus, David, and Abraham. Here “son” means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was a descendant of Abraham” MAT 1 1 vpg1 Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham There were many generations between Jesus, David, and Abraham. Here “son” means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, a descendant of David, who was a descendant of Abraham”
MAT 1 1 tka3 υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ 1 son of David Sometimes the phrase “son of David” is used as a title, but here it seems to be used only to identify Jesus’ ancestry. MAT 1 1 tka3 υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ 1 son of David Sometimes the phrase “son of David” is used as a title, but here it seems to be used only to identify Jesus’ ancestry.
MAT 1 2 ejp6 Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ 1 Abraham became the father of Isaac “Abraham became the father of Isaac” or “Abraham had a son Isaac” or “Abraham had a son named Isaac.” There are different ways you could translate this. Whichever way you translate it here, it would be best to translate it the same way throughout the list of Jesus’ ancestors. MAT 1 2 ejp6 Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ 1 Abraham became the father of Isaac “Abraham became the father of Isaac” or “Abraham had a son Isaac” or “Abraham had a son named Isaac.” There are different ways you could translate this. Whichever way you translate it here, it would be best to translate it the same way throughout the list of Jesus’ ancestors.
MAT 1 2 mxm2 figs-ellipsis Ἰσαὰκ … ἐγέννησεν … Ἰακὼβ … ἐγέννησεν 1 Isaac became the father ... Jacob became the father Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Isaac was the father ... Jacob was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 1 2 mxm2 figs-ellipsis Ἰσαὰκ ... ἐγέννησεν ... Ἰακὼβ ... ἐγέννησεν 1 Isaac became the father ... Jacob became the father Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Isaac was the father ... Jacob was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names Φαρὲς … Ζάρα … Ἑσρώμ … Ἀράμ 1 Perez ... Zerah ... Hezron ... Ram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names Φαρὲς ... Ζάρα ... Ἑσρώμ ... Ἀράμ 1 Perez ... Zerah ... Hezron ... Ram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 3 t7jg figs-ellipsis Φαρὲς ... ἐγέννησεν … Ἑσρὼμ … ἐγέννησεν 1 Perez became the father ... Hezron became the father Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Perez was the father ... Hezron was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 1 3 t7jg figs-ellipsis Φαρὲς ... ἐγέννησεν ... Ἑσρὼμ ... ἐγέννησεν 1 Perez became the father ... Hezron became the father Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Perez was the father ... Hezron was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 1 4 fe3u figs-ellipsis Ἀμιναδὰβ ... ἐγέννησεν … Ναασσὼν … ἐγέννησεν 1 Amminadab became the father ... Nahshon became the father Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Amminadab was the father ... Nahshon was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 1 4 fe3u figs-ellipsis Ἀμιναδὰβ ... ἐγέννησεν ... Ναασσὼν ... ἐγέννησεν 1 Amminadab became the father ... Nahshon became the father Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Amminadab was the father ... Nahshon was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 1 5 yr52 Σαλμὼν ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ 1 Salmon became the father of Boaz by Rahab “Salmon was the father of Boaz, and Boaz’s mother was Rahab” or “Salmon and Rahab were the parents of Boaz” MAT 1 5 yr52 Σαλμὼν ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ 1 Salmon became the father of Boaz by Rahab “Salmon was the father of Boaz, and Boaz’s mother was Rahab” or “Salmon and Rahab were the parents of Boaz”
MAT 1 5 lj86 figs-ellipsis Βόες ... ἐγέννησεν … Ἰωβὴδ … ἐγέννησεν 1 Boaz became the father ... Obed became the father Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Boaz was the father ... Obed was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 1 5 lj86 figs-ellipsis Βόες ... ἐγέννησεν ... Ἰωβὴδ ... ἐγέννησεν 1 Boaz became the father ... Obed became the father Here the word “was” is understood. Alternate translation: “Boaz was the father ... Obed was the father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 1 5 q5bd Βόες ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ 1 Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth “Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed’s mother was Ruth” or “Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed” MAT 1 5 q5bd Βόες ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ 1 Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth “Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed’s mother was Ruth” or “Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed”
MAT 1 6 r84m figs-ellipsis Δαυεὶδ … ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου 1 David became the father of Solomon by the wife of Uriah Here the word “was” is understood. “David was the father of Solomon, and Solomon’s mother was Uriah’s wife” or “David and the wife of Uriah were the parents of Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 1 6 r84m figs-ellipsis Δαυεὶδ ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου 1 David became the father of Solomon by the wife of Uriah Here the word “was” is understood. “David was the father of Solomon, and Solomon’s mother was Uriah’s wife” or “David and the wife of Uriah were the parents of Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 1 6 bp35 τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου 1 the wife of Uriah “the widow of Uriah.” Solomon was born after Uriah died. MAT 1 6 bp35 τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου 1 the wife of Uriah “the widow of Uriah.” Solomon was born after Uriah died.
MAT 1 7 r881 figs-ellipsis Ῥοβοὰμ ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ 1 Rehoboam became the father of Abijah, Abijah became the father of Asa The word “was” is understood in both of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam was the father of Abijah, and Abijah was the father of Asa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 1 7 r881 figs-ellipsis Ῥοβοὰμ ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ 1 Rehoboam became the father of Abijah, Abijah became the father of Asa The word “was” is understood in both of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam was the father of Abijah, and Abijah was the father of Asa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 1 10 bh7r τὸν Ἀμώς 1 Amon Sometimes this is translated “Amos.” MAT 1 10 bh7r τὸν Ἀμώς 1 Amon Sometimes this is translated “Amos.”
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ MAT 1 19 pu3p ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 to divorce her “cancel their p
MAT 1 20 iip4 αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος 1 As he thought “As Joseph thought” MAT 1 20 iip4 αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος 1 As he thought “As Joseph thought”
MAT 1 20 fb7e κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him in a dream “came to him while Joseph was dreaming” MAT 1 20 fb7e κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him in a dream “came to him while Joseph was dreaming”
MAT 1 20 lc8r υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 son of David Here “son” means “descendant.” MAT 1 20 lc8r υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 son of David Here “son” means “descendant.”
MAT 1 20 va5e figs-activepassive τὸ … ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 the one who is conceived in her is conceived by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 1 20 va5e figs-activepassive τὸ ... ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 the one who is conceived in her is conceived by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 21 j38f τέξεται ... υἱὸν 1 She will give birth to a son Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy. MAT 1 21 j38f τέξεται ... υἱὸν 1 She will give birth to a son Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy.
MAT 1 21 glq8 καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 you will call his name “you must name him” or “you must give him the name.” This is a command. MAT 1 21 glq8 καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 you will call his name “you must name him” or “you must give him the name.” This is a command.
MAT 1 21 bf5z αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει 1 for he will save Translator may add a footnote that says “The name ‘Jesus’ means ‘the Lord saves.’” MAT 1 21 bf5z αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει 1 for he will save Translator may add a footnote that says “The name ‘Jesus’ means ‘the Lord saves.’”
@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ MAT 2 3 p5rw ἐταράχθη 1 he was troubled “he was worried.” Herod wa
MAT 2 3 qu3d figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here “Jerusalem” refers to the people. Also, “all” means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAT 2 3 qu3d figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here “Jerusalem” refers to the people. Also, “all” means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 2 4 ne4v 0 General Information: In verse 6, the chief priests and scribes of the people quote the prophet Micah to show that the Christ would be born in Bethlehem. MAT 2 4 ne4v 0 General Information: In verse 6, the chief priests and scribes of the people quote the prophet Micah to show that the Christ would be born in Bethlehem.
MAT 2 5 w68n ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In Bethlehem of Judea “In the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea” MAT 2 5 w68n ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In Bethlehem of Judea “In the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea”
MAT 2 5 z2i4 figs-activepassive οὕτως … γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 this is what was written by the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 2 5 z2i4 figs-activepassive οὕτως ... γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 this is what was written by the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 6 kmw7 figs-apostrophe σύ Βηθλέεμ … οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 you, Bethlehem, ... are not the least among the leaders of Judah Micah was speaking to the people of Bethlehem as if they were with him but they were not. Also, “are not the least” can be translated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: “you, people of Bethlehem, ... your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) MAT 2 6 kmw7 figs-apostrophe σύ Βηθλέεμ ... οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 you, Bethlehem, ... are not the least among the leaders of Judah Micah was speaking to the people of Bethlehem as if they were with him but they were not. Also, “are not the least” can be translated with a positive phrase. Alternate translation: “you, people of Bethlehem, ... your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MAT 2 6 tg5d figs-metaphor ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 who will shepherd my people Israel Micah speaks of this ruler as a shepherd. This means he will lead and care for the people. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel as a shepherd leads his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 2 6 tg5d figs-metaphor ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 who will shepherd my people Israel Micah speaks of this ruler as a shepherd. This means he will lead and care for the people. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel as a shepherd leads his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 2 7 b487 Ἡρῴδης λάθρᾳ καλέσας τοὺς μάγους 1 Herod secretly called the learned men This means that Herod talked to the learned men without other people knowing. MAT 2 7 b487 Ἡρῴδης λάθρᾳ καλέσας τοὺς μάγους 1 Herod secretly called the learned men This means that Herod talked to the learned men without other people knowing.
MAT 2 7 tax3 figs-quotations ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος 1 to ask them exactly what time the star had appeared This can be translated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “men, and he asked them, ‘When exactly did this star appear?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MAT 2 7 tax3 figs-quotations ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος 1 to ask them exactly what time the star had appeared This can be translated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “men, and he asked them, ‘When exactly did this star appear?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ MAT 2 12 dr1p figs-quotations κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρ
MAT 2 13 brp5 0 General Information: In verse 15, Matthew quotes the prophet Hosea to show that the Christ would spend time in Egypt. MAT 2 13 brp5 0 General Information: In verse 15, Matthew quotes the prophet Hosea to show that the Christ would spend time in Egypt.
MAT 2 13 iw8p ἀναχωρησάντων ... αὐτῶν 1 after they had departed “the learned men had departed” MAT 2 13 iw8p ἀναχωρησάντων ... αὐτῶν 1 after they had departed “the learned men had departed”
MAT 2 13 zwj5 φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ 1 appeared to Joseph in a dream “came to Joseph while he was dreaming” MAT 2 13 zwj5 φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ 1 appeared to Joseph in a dream “came to Joseph while he was dreaming”
MAT 2 13 u4a4 figs-you ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε … φεῦγε … ἴσθι … σοι 1 Get up, take ... flee ... Remain ... you God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 2 13 u4a4 figs-you ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε ... φεῦγε ... ἴσθι ... σοι 1 Get up, take ... flee ... Remain ... you God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 2 13 v88f figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 until I tell you The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 2 13 v88f figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 until I tell you The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 13 g3t7 εἴπω σοι 1 I tell you Here “I” refers to God. The angel is speaking for God. MAT 2 13 g3t7 εἴπω σοι 1 I tell you Here “I” refers to God. The angel is speaking for God.
MAT 2 15 ft3a figs-explicit ἦν 1 He was It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. Alternate translation: “They remained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 2 15 ft3a figs-explicit ἦν 1 He was It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. Alternate translation: “They remained” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ MAT 2 16 dr3r κατὰ τὸν χρόνον 1 according to the time “based o
MAT 2 17 q1y9 0 General Information: Matthew quotes the prophet Jeremiah to show that the death of all of the male children in the region of Bethlehem was according to scripture. MAT 2 17 q1y9 0 General Information: Matthew quotes the prophet Jeremiah to show that the death of all of the male children in the region of Bethlehem was according to scripture.
MAT 2 17 l8g5 figs-activepassive τότε ἐπληρώθη 1 Then was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled” or “Herod’s actions fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 2 17 l8g5 figs-activepassive τότε ἐπληρώθη 1 Then was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled” or “Herod’s actions fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 17 v6a1 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been spoken through Jeremiah the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophet Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 2 17 v6a1 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been spoken through Jeremiah the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophet Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 18 p9gk φωνὴ ... ἠκούσθη … οὐκ εἰσίν 1 A voice was heard ... they were no more Matthew is quoting the prophet Jeremiah. MAT 2 18 p9gk φωνὴ ... ἠκούσθη ... οὐκ εἰσίν 1 A voice was heard ... they were no more Matthew is quoting the prophet Jeremiah.
MAT 2 18 k91t figs-activepassive φωνὴ ... ἠκούσθη 1 A voice was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “There was a loud sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 2 18 k91t figs-activepassive φωνὴ ... ἠκούσθη 1 A voice was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “There was a loud sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 18 zm17 Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς 1 Rachel weeping for her children Rachel lived many years before this time. This prophecy shows Rachel, who has died, weeping for her descendants. MAT 2 18 zm17 Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς 1 Rachel weeping for her children Rachel lived many years before this time. This prophecy shows Rachel, who has died, weeping for her descendants.
MAT 2 18 rgg1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 she refused to be comforted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 2 18 rgg1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 she refused to be comforted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ MAT 3 3 fl4v figs-activepassive οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶ
MAT 3 3 hxb6 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness” MAT 3 3 hxb6 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: “The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard” or “They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness”
MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 3 3 y8b5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord “Get the road ready for the Lord.” Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” or “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 3 3 y8b5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord “Get the road ready for the Lord.” Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord’s message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear the Lord’s message when he comes” or “Repent and be ready for the Lord to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background δὲ … μέλι ἄγριον 1 Now ... wild honey The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background δὲ ... μέλι ἄγριον 1 Now ... wild honey The word “Now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 3 4 x7f3 translate-symaction εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ 1 wore clothing from camel’s hair and a leather belt around his waist This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 3 4 x7f3 translate-symaction εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ 1 wore clothing from camel’s hair and a leather belt around his waist This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy τότε ... Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region The words “Jerusalem,” “Judea,” and “the region” are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy τότε ... Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region The words “Jerusalem,” “Judea,” and “the region” are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word “all” is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 3 6 v5xn figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ... ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 They were baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 3 6 v5xn figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ... ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 They were baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “John baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ MAT 3 12 sq4p figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτ
MAT 3 12 b5m4 translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 winnowing fork This is a tool for tossing wheat up into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down and the unwanted chaff is blown away by the wind. It is similar in shape to a pitchfork but with wide tines made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 3 12 b5m4 translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 winnowing fork This is a tool for tossing wheat up into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down and the unwanted chaff is blown away by the wind. It is similar in shape to a pitchfork but with wide tines made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 3 12 yw29 διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor Christ is like a man with a winnowing fork who is ready to clear off his threshing floor. MAT 3 12 yw29 διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 to thoroughly clear off his threshing floor Christ is like a man with a winnowing fork who is ready to clear off his threshing floor.
MAT 3 12 r2ua τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor “his ground” or “the ground where he separates the grain from the chaff” MAT 3 12 r2ua τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor “his ground” or “the ground where he separates the grain from the chaff”
MAT 3 12 av8l figs-metaphor συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην … τὸ ... ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 to gather his wheat into the storehouse ... he will burn up the chaff with fire that can never be put out This is a metaphor showing how God will separate righteous people from evil people. The righteous will go to heaven like wheat into a farmer’s storehouse, and God will burn the people who are like chaff with a fire that will never be put out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 3 12 av8l figs-metaphor συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην ... τὸ ... ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 to gather his wheat into the storehouse ... he will burn up the chaff with fire that can never be put out This is a metaphor showing how God will separate righteous people from evil people. The righteous will go to heaven like wheat into a farmer’s storehouse, and God will burn the people who are like chaff with a fire that will never be put out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 12 bdb7 figs-activepassive ἀσβέστῳ 1 can never be put out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will never burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 3 12 bdb7 figs-activepassive ἀσβέστῳ 1 can never be put out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “will never burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 13 vl93 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus. MAT 3 13 vl93 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.
MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -176,11 +176,11 @@ MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<
MAT 4 1 k51m 0 General Information: Here Matthew begins a new part of the story in which Jesus spends 40 days in the wilderness, where Satan tempts him. In verse 4, Jesus rebukes Satan with a quotation from Deuteronomy. MAT 4 1 k51m 0 General Information: Here Matthew begins a new part of the story in which Jesus spends 40 days in the wilderness, where Satan tempts him. In verse 4, Jesus rebukes Satan with a quotation from Deuteronomy.
MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη ... ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη ... ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 1 wy4b figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 to be tempted by the devil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 4 1 wy4b figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 to be tempted by the devil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 2 iw2i νηστεύσας … ἐπείνασεν 1 he had fasted ... he was hungry These refer to Jesus. MAT 4 2 iw2i νηστεύσας ... ἐπείνασεν 1 he had fasted ... he was hungry These refer to Jesus.
MAT 4 2 cft7 translate-numbers ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 forty days and forty nights “40 days and 40 nights.” This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MAT 4 2 cft7 translate-numbers ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 forty days and forty nights “40 days and 40 nights.” This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 4 3 vl86 ὁ πειράζων 1 The tempter These words refer to the same being as “the devil” (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both. MAT 4 3 vl86 ὁ πειράζων 1 The tempter These words refer to the same being as “the devil” (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both.
MAT 4 3 l1lk εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ 1 If you are the Son of God, command It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are 1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” or 2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding” MAT 4 3 l1lk εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ 1 If you are the Son of God, command It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are 1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “You are the Son of God, so you can command” or 2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding”
MAT 4 3 c1ac guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς … τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 4 3 c1ac guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς ... τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 4 3 m1va figs-quotations εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 command that these stones become bread. You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “say to these stones, ‘Become bread.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MAT 4 3 m1va figs-quotations εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 command that these stones become bread. You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “say to these stones, ‘Become bread.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 4 3 t3xm figs-synecdoche ἄρτοι 1 bread Here “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 4 3 t3xm figs-synecdoche ἄρτοι 1 bread Here “bread” refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 4 4 fd67 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 4 4 fd67 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ MAT 4 4 rld7 οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρ
MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metonymy ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 but by every word that comes out of the mouth of God Here “word” and “mouth” refer to what God says. Alternate translation: “but by listening to everything that God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metonymy ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 but by every word that comes out of the mouth of God Here “word” and “mouth” refer to what God says. Alternate translation: “but by listening to everything that God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 4 5 r4a5 0 General Information: In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus. MAT 4 5 r4a5 0 General Information: In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
MAT 4 6 fa8l εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are 1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” or 2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down” MAT 4 6 fa8l εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are 1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus’ own benefit. Alternate translation: “Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down” or 2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down”
MAT 4 6 x2vg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς … τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 4 6 x2vg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς ... τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 4 6 c5kr βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 throw yourself down “let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down” MAT 4 6 c5kr βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 throw yourself down “let yourself fall to the ground” or “jump down”
MAT 4 6 a5h2 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 for it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the writer wrote in the scriptures” or “for it says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 4 6 a5h2 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 for it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for the writer wrote in the scriptures” or “for it says in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 6 ebc9 figs-quotations τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ 1 ‘He will command his angels to take care of you,’ and “God will command his angels to take care of you, and” This can be translated with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “God will say to his angels, ‘Take care of him,’ and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MAT 4 6 ebc9 figs-quotations τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ 1 ‘He will command his angels to take care of you,’ and “God will command his angels to take care of you, and” This can be translated with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “God will say to his angels, ‘Take care of him,’ and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ MAT 4 9 eas8 translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 fall down “put your face near t
MAT 4 10 s91r 0 General Information: In verse 10, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy. MAT 4 10 s91r 0 General Information: In verse 10, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
MAT 4 10 h8fd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about how Satan tempted Jesus. MAT 4 10 h8fd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about how Satan tempted Jesus.
MAT 4 10 k49q figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 4 10 k49q figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 10 rig8 figs-you προσκυνήσεις … λατρεύσεις 1 You will worship ... you will serve Both instances of “you” are singular, a command to everyone who hears it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 4 10 rig8 figs-you προσκυνήσεις ... λατρεύσεις 1 You will worship ... you will serve Both instances of “you” are singular, a command to everyone who hears it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 4 11 s49z ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the important new information that follows. MAT 4 11 s49z ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word “behold” here alerts us to pay attention to the important new information that follows.
MAT 4 12 v7p4 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MAT 4 12 v7p4 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 4 12 wib2 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story. MAT 4 12 wib2 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ MAT 4 13 hpm4 figs-explicit ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφ
MAT 4 14 n85z 0 General Information: In verses 15 and 16, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry in Galilee was a fulfillment of prophecy. MAT 4 14 n85z 0 General Information: In verses 15 and 16, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry in Galilee was a fulfillment of prophecy.
MAT 4 14 jb4p ἵνα 1 This happened This refers to Jesus’ going to live in Capernaum. MAT 4 14 jb4p ἵνα 1 This happened This refers to Jesus’ going to live in Capernaum.
MAT 4 14 tj7c figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 what was spoken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 4 14 tj7c figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 what was spoken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 15 egx6 γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ … Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali ... Galilee of the Gentiles! These territories describe the same area. MAT 4 15 egx6 γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ ... Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali ... Galilee of the Gentiles! These territories describe the same area.
MAT 4 15 bmz6 ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 toward the sea This is the Sea of Galilee. MAT 4 15 bmz6 ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 toward the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
MAT 4 16 e278 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος 1 The people who sat These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with “The land of Zebulun” (verse 15). Alternate translation: “In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali ... where many Gentiles live, the people who sat” MAT 4 16 e278 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος 1 The people who sat These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with “The land of Zebulun” (verse 15). Alternate translation: “In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali ... where many Gentiles live, the people who sat”
MAT 4 16 h2xr figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα 1 The people who sat in darkness have seen a great light Here “darkness” is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And “light” is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 4 16 h2xr figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα 1 The people who sat in darkness have seen a great light Here “darkness” is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And “light” is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ MAT 4 19 y3zg δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come, follow after me Jesus invi
MAT 4 19 n9h3 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you fishers of men This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 4 19 n9h3 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you fishers of men This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God’s true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 4 21 pcg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus calls more men to be his disciples. MAT 4 21 pcg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus calls more men to be his disciples.
MAT 4 21 utn4 ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 He called them “Jesus called John and James.” This phrase also means that Jesus invited them to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples. MAT 4 21 utn4 ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 He called them “Jesus called John and James.” This phrase also means that Jesus invited them to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples.
MAT 4 22 dlk3 οἱ … εὐθέως ἀφέντες 1 they immediately left “at that moment they left” MAT 4 22 dlk3 οἱ ... εὐθέως ἀφέντες 1 they immediately left “at that moment they left”
MAT 4 22 gr2i ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον … ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 left the boat ... and followed him It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives. MAT 4 22 gr2i ἀφέντες τὸ πλοῖον ... ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 left the boat ... and followed him It should be clear that this is a life change. These men are no longer going to be fishermen and are leaving the family business to follow Jesus for the rest of their lives.
MAT 4 23 y3qe writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses summarize what he did and how the people responded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) MAT 4 23 y3qe writing-endofstory 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses summarize what he did and how the people responded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
MAT 4 23 ztr8 διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν 1 teaching in their synagogues “teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans” or “teaching in the synagogues of those people” MAT 4 23 ztr8 διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν 1 teaching in their synagogues “teaching in the synagogues of the Galileans” or “teaching in the synagogues of those people”
MAT 4 23 jt3m figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 preaching the gospel of the kingdom Here “kingdom” refers to God’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 4 23 jt3m figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 preaching the gospel of the kingdom Here “kingdom” refers to God’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -274,29 +274,29 @@ MAT 5 16 qhp8 figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπρο
MAT 5 16 iiu8 τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 your Father who is in heaven It is best to translate “Father” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. MAT 5 16 iiu8 τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 your Father who is in heaven It is best to translate “Father” with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father.
MAT 5 17 p63n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. MAT 5 17 p63n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law.
MAT 5 17 gg3k figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 the prophets This refers to what the prophets wrote in the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 5 17 gg3k figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 the prophets This refers to what the prophets wrote in the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 18 lky5 ἀμὴν, … λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. MAT 5 18 lky5 ἀμὴν, ... λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you “I tell you the truth.” This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 until heaven and earth pass away Here “heaven” and “earth” refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “as long as the universe lasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 until heaven and earth pass away Here “heaven” and “earth” refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “as long as the universe lasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT 5 18 ylz6 figs-explicit ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ 1 one jot or one tittle will certainly not The jot was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the tittle was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 5 18 ylz6 figs-explicit ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ 1 one jot or one tittle will certainly not The jot was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the tittle was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 18 m5pf figs-activepassive πάντα γένηται 1 all things have been accomplished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all things have happened” or “God causes all things to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 5 18 m5pf figs-activepassive πάντα γένηται 1 all things have been accomplished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all things have happened” or “God causes all things to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 18 n77j figs-explicit πάντα 1 all things The phrase “all things” refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “everything in the law” or “all that is written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 5 18 n77j figs-explicit πάντα 1 all things The phrase “all things” refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: “everything in the law” or “all that is written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 19 uxz2 ὃς ἐὰν ... λύσῃ 1 whoever breaks “whoever disobeys” or “whoever ignores” MAT 5 19 uxz2 ὃς ἐὰν ... λύσῃ 1 whoever breaks “whoever disobeys” or “whoever ignores”
MAT 5 19 k9th μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 the least one of these commandments “any of these commandments, even the least important one” MAT 5 19 k9th μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 the least one of these commandments “any of these commandments, even the least important one”
MAT 5 19 dv5c figs-activepassive ὃς ἐὰν … διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους … κληθήσεται 1 teaches others to do so will be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone ... teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 5 19 dv5c figs-activepassive ὃς ἐὰν ... διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ... κληθήσεται 1 teaches others to do so will be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone ... teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy ἐλάχιστος ... ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 least in the kingdom of heaven The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important in his heavenly kingdom” or “the least important under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy ἐλάχιστος ... ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 least in the kingdom of heaven The phrase “kingdom of heaven” refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “the least important in his heavenly kingdom” or “the least important under the rule of our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 19 u5kp ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ 1 keeps them and teaches them “obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same” MAT 5 19 u5kp ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ 1 keeps them and teaches them “obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same”
MAT 5 19 nk9n μέγας 1 great most important MAT 5 19 nk9n μέγας 1 great most important
MAT 5 20 jwm9 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. MAT 5 20 jwm9 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 5 20 vsc5 figs-you ὑμῖν ... ὑμῶν 1 you ... your ... you will enter These are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 5 20 vsc5 figs-you ὑμῖν ... ὑμῶν 1 you ... your ... you will enter These are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 20 l3lv figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη … οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 that unless your righteousness overflows ... you will certainly not enter This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed ... Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MAT 5 20 l3lv figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη ... οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 that unless your righteousness overflows ... you will certainly not enter This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “that your righteousness must exceed ... Pharisees in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 5 21 x5vy figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not kill,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 5 21 x5vy figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The understood “you” is singular in “Do not kill,” but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 21 us5a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about murder and anger. MAT 5 21 us5a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about murder and anger.
MAT 5 21 t6k5 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to them in ancient times This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 5 21 t6k5 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to them in ancient times This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς ... ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever kills will be in danger of the judgment Here “the judgment” implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς ... ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever kills will be in danger of the judgment Here “the judgment” implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 21 y44x φονεύσεις… φονεύσῃ 1 kill ... kills This word refers to murder, not to all forms of killing. MAT 5 21 y44x φονεύσεις ... φονεύσῃ 1 kill ... kills This word refers to murder, not to all forms of killing.
MAT 5 21 r2k4 figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 will be in danger of the judgment It seems here Jesus is not referring to a human judge but rather to God condemning the person who is angry with his brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 5 21 r2k4 figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 will be in danger of the judgment It seems here Jesus is not referring to a human judge but rather to God condemning the person who is angry with his brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 22 e9gg ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. MAT 5 22 e9gg ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
MAT 5 22 d5nl τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother This refers to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor. MAT 5 22 d5nl τῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 brother This refers to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
MAT 5 22 w721 ῥακά … μωρέ 1 You worthless person ... You fool These are insults for people who cannot think correctly. “Worthless person” is close to “brainless,” where “fool” adds the idea of disobedience to God. MAT 5 22 w721 ῥακά ... μωρέ 1 You worthless person ... You fool These are insults for people who cannot think correctly. “Worthless person” is close to “brainless,” where “fool” adds the idea of disobedience to God.
MAT 5 22 s89d Συνεδρίῳ 1 council This was likely a local council, not the main Sanhedrin in Jerusalem. MAT 5 22 s89d Συνεδρίῳ 1 council This was likely a local council, not the main Sanhedrin in Jerusalem.
MAT 5 23 msz4 figs-you προσφέρῃς 1 you are offering Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 5 23 msz4 figs-you προσφέρῃς 1 you are offering Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 23 r49y προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου 1 you are offering your gift “giving your gift” or “bringing your gift” MAT 5 23 r49y προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου 1 you are offering your gift “giving your gift” or “bringing your gift”
@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ MAT 5 28 k7sc πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν 1 to lust aft
MAT 5 28 eqs8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 5 28 eqs8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “in his mind” or “in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 29 et3n figs-you εἰ ... σου 1 If your Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some langugaes they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 5 29 et3n figs-you εἰ ... σου 1 If your Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of “you” and “your” are singular, but in some langugaes they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 29 ikp5 figs-metonymy εἰ ... ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 If your right eye causes you to stumble Here “eye” refers to what a person sees. And, “stumble” is a metaphor for “sin.” Alternate translation: “if what you see causes you to stumble” or “if you want to sin because of what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 5 29 ikp5 figs-metonymy εἰ ... ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 If your right eye causes you to stumble Here “eye” refers to what a person sees. And, “stumble” is a metaphor for “sin.” Alternate translation: “if what you see causes you to stumble” or “if you want to sin because of what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 29 mb58 figs-idiom ὁ ὀφθαλμός … ὁ δεξιὸς 1 right eye This means the most important eye, as opposed to the left eye. You may need to translate “right” as “better” or “stronger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 5 29 mb58 figs-idiom ὁ ὀφθαλμός ... ὁ δεξιὸς 1 right eye This means the most important eye, as opposed to the left eye. You may need to translate “right” as “better” or “stronger.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 29 v6jr figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν 1 pluck it out This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. It means “forcefully remove it” or “destroy it.” If the right eye is not specifically mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy your eyes.” If eyes have been mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAT 5 29 v6jr figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν 1 pluck it out This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. It means “forcefully remove it” or “destroy it.” If the right eye is not specifically mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy your eyes.” If eyes have been mentioned, you may need to translate this “destroy them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 5 29 zg1v βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 throw it away from you “get rid of it” MAT 5 29 zg1v βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 throw it away from you “get rid of it”
MAT 5 29 im6u ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 one of your body parts should perish “you should lose one part of your body” MAT 5 29 im6u ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 one of your body parts should perish “you should lose one part of your body”
@ -346,24 +346,24 @@ MAT 5 34 mpk1 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his
MAT 5 34 m2n6 μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως 1 swear not at all “Do not swear at all” or “Do not swear by anything” MAT 5 34 m2n6 μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως 1 swear not at all “Do not swear at all” or “Do not swear by anything”
MAT 5 34 u7su figs-metaphor θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 it is the throne of God Because God reigns from heaven, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were a throne. Alternate translation: “it is from here that God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 5 34 u7su figs-metaphor θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 it is the throne of God Because God reigns from heaven, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were a throne. Alternate translation: “it is from here that God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 35 c8lx 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his words from verse 34, telling the people not to swear. MAT 5 35 c8lx 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his words from verse 34, telling the people not to swear.
MAT 5 35 v2hf μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ … πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 nor by the earth ... it is the city of the great King Here Jesus means that when people make a promise or when they say that something is true, they must not swear by anything. Some people were teaching that if a person swears by God that he will do something, then he must do it, but if he swears by something else, such as by heaven or earth, then it is less offensive if he does not do what he swore to do. Jesus says that swearing by heaven or earth or Jerusalem is just as serious as swearing by God because those things all belong to God. MAT 5 35 v2hf μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ ... πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 nor by the earth ... it is the city of the great King Here Jesus means that when people make a promise or when they say that something is true, they must not swear by anything. Some people were teaching that if a person swears by God that he will do something, then he must do it, but if he swears by something else, such as by heaven or earth, then it is less offensive if he does not do what he swore to do. Jesus says that swearing by heaven or earth or Jerusalem is just as serious as swearing by God because those things all belong to God.
MAT 5 35 e7z8 figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 it is the footstool for his feet This metaphor means the earth also belongs to God. Alternate translation: “it is like a footstool where a king rests his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 5 35 e7z8 figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 it is the footstool for his feet This metaphor means the earth also belongs to God. Alternate translation: “it is like a footstool where a king rests his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 35 e6zn ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 for it is the city of the great King “for it is the city that belongs to God, the great King” MAT 5 35 e6zn ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 for it is the city of the great King “for it is the city that belongs to God, the great King”
MAT 5 36 kr2d 0 General Information: Previously Jesus told his hearers that God’s throne, footstool, and earthly home are not theirs to swear by. Here he says that they may not swear even by their own heads. MAT 5 36 kr2d 0 General Information: Previously Jesus told his hearers that God’s throne, footstool, and earthly home are not theirs to swear by. Here he says that they may not swear even by their own heads.
MAT 5 36 l9c8 figs-you σου 1 your Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of these words are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 5 36 l9c8 figs-you σου 1 your Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of these words are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 36 z5vu ὀμόσῃς 1 swear This refers to taking an oath. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:34](../05/34.md). MAT 5 36 z5vu ὀμόσῃς 1 swear This refers to taking an oath. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:34](../05/34.md).
MAT 5 37 tke6 ἔστω … ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ 1 let your speech be ‘Yes, yes,’ or ‘No, no.’ “if you mean ‘yes,’ say ‘yes,’ and if you mean ‘no,’ say ‘no.’” MAT 5 37 tke6 ἔστω ... ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ 1 let your speech be ‘Yes, yes,’ or ‘No, no.’ “if you mean ‘yes,’ say ‘yes,’ and if you mean ‘no,’ say ‘no.’”
MAT 5 38 quy6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” in “whoever strikes you” and the understood “you” in “turn to him” are both singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 5 38 quy6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The “you” is plural in “you have heard” and “I say to you.” The “you” in “whoever strikes you” and the understood “you” in “turn to him” are both singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 38 s39u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about retaliating against an enemy. MAT 5 38 s39u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about retaliating against an enemy.
MAT 5 38 zar1 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 5 38 zar1 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 38 w53l ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse. MAT 5 38 w53l ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.
MAT 5 39 x2y9 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. MAT 5 39 x2y9 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God’s word. The “I” is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
MAT 5 39 qrx1 τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil person “an evil person” or “someone who harms you” MAT 5 39 qrx1 τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil person “an evil person” or “someone who harms you”
MAT 5 39 ec5y ῥαπίζει … τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα 1 strikes ... your right cheek To strike the side of a man’s face was an insult in Jesus’ culture. As with the eye and the hand, the right cheek is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult. MAT 5 39 ec5y ῥαπίζει ... τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα 1 strikes ... your right cheek To strike the side of a man’s face was an insult in Jesus’ culture. As with the eye and the hand, the right cheek is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult.
MAT 5 39 d5xg ῥαπίζει 1 strikes hits with the back of an open hand MAT 5 39 d5xg ῥαπίζει 1 strikes hits with the back of an open hand
MAT 5 39 wz54 στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 turn to him the other also “let him hit your other cheek also” MAT 5 39 wz54 στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 turn to him the other also “let him hit your other cheek also”
MAT 5 40 gr2x figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, including the understood “you” in the commands “let,” “go,” “give,” and “do not turn away.” In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 5 40 gr2x figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular, including the understood “you” in the commands “let,” “go,” “give,” and “do not turn away.” In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 40 t9f4 τὸν χιτῶνά … ἱμάτιον 1 coat ... cloak The “coat” was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The “cloak,” the more valuable of the two, was worn over the “coat” for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night. MAT 5 40 t9f4 τὸν χιτῶνά ... ἱμάτιον 1 coat ... cloak The “coat” was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The “cloak,” the more valuable of the two, was worn over the “coat” for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night.
MAT 5 40 p5m2 ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 let that person also have “give also to that person” MAT 5 40 p5m2 ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 let that person also have “give also to that person”
MAT 5 41 i867 figs-explicit ὅστις 1 Whoever “Anyone who.” The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 5 41 i867 figs-explicit ὅστις 1 Whoever “Anyone who.” The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 41 i86s μίλιον ἕν 1 one mile This is one thousand paces, which is the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If “mile” is confusing, it can be translated as “one kilometer” or “a distance.” MAT 5 41 i86s μίλιον ἕν 1 one mile This is one thousand paces, which is the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If “mile” is confusing, it can be translated as “one kilometer” or “a distance.”
@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ MAT 6 13 l8u6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς
MAT 6 14 ns3m figs-you 0 General Information: All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. However, Jesus is telling them what will happen to them as individuals if each person does not forgive others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 6 14 ns3m figs-you 0 General Information: All instances of “you” and “your” are plural. However, Jesus is telling them what will happen to them as individuals if each person does not forgive others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 6 14 z79a figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 their trespasses The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 6 14 z79a figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 their trespasses The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 6 14 v7ne guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 6 14 v7ne guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 6 15 pi3z figs-abstractnouns τοῖς ἀνθρώποις … τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 their trespasses ... your trespasses The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you ... when you trespass against God” or “when they do things that harm you ... when you do things that make your Father angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 6 15 pi3z figs-abstractnouns τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ... τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 their trespasses ... your trespasses The abstract noun “trespasses” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you ... when you trespass against God” or “when they do things that harm you ... when you do things that make your Father angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 6 16 j7xg figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. In verse 16 all occurences of “you” are plural. In verses 17 and 18 where Jesus teaches them how to behave when they fast, all occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular. In some languages those occurences of “you” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 6 16 j7xg figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. In verse 16 all occurences of “you” are plural. In verses 17 and 18 where Jesus teaches them how to behave when they fast, all occurrences of “you” and “your” are singular. In some languages those occurences of “you” may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 6 16 q19r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about fasting. MAT 6 16 q19r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
MAT 6 16 xv6b ἀφανίζουσιν ... τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they disfigure their faces The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting. MAT 6 16 xv6b ἀφανίζουσιν ... τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they disfigure their faces The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
@ -438,12 +438,12 @@ MAT 6 19 enl6 βρῶσις 1 rust a brown substance that forms on metals
MAT 6 20 v5tn figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε ... ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 store up for yourselves treasures in heaven This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 6 20 v5tn figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε ... ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 store up for yourselves treasures in heaven This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here “heart” means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here “heart” means a person’s thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 6 22 g215 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 6 22 g215 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of “you” and “your” are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 6 22 sbl1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός … φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 The eye is the lamp of the body ... is filled with light This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 6 22 sbl1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός ... φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 The eye is the lamp of the body ... is filled with light This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 22 r4d1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The eye is the lamp of the body This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a lamp helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: “Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 6 22 r4d1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The eye is the lamp of the body This metaphor means the eyes allow a person to see just as a lamp helps a person see in the dark. Alternate translation: “Like a lamp, the eye allows you to see things clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 22 u47q ὀφθαλμός 1 eye You may have to translate this as plural, “eyes.” MAT 6 22 u47q ὀφθαλμός 1 eye You may have to translate this as plural, “eyes.”
MAT 6 23 dl86 figs-metaphor ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου … ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 But if your eye ... how great is that darkness This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 6 23 dl86 figs-metaphor ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ... ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 But if your eye ... how great is that darkness This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase “bad eye” to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 23 p231 figs-metaphor ἐὰν … ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ 1 if your eye is bad This does not refer to magic. Jewish people often used this as a metaphor for someone who is greedy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 6 23 p231 figs-metaphor ἐὰν ... ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ 1 if your eye is bad This does not refer to magic. Jewish people often used this as a metaphor for someone who is greedy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 23 n42m εἰ … τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 if the light that is in you is actually darkness, how great is that darkness! “if that which is supposed to cause light in your body causes darkness, then your body is in complete darkness” MAT 6 23 n42m εἰ ... τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 if the light that is in you is actually darkness, how great is that darkness! “if that which is supposed to cause light in your body causes darkness, then your body is in complete darkness”
MAT 6 24 ijn3 figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and despise the other Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MAT 6 24 ijn3 figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and despise the other Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 6 24 zt2u οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 You cannot serve God and wealth “You cannot love God and money at the same time” MAT 6 24 zt2u οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 You cannot serve God and wealth “You cannot love God and money at the same time”
MAT 6 25 s5uy figs-you 0 General Information: Here the instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 6 25 s5uy figs-you 0 General Information: Here the instances of “you” and “your” are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -458,12 +458,12 @@ MAT 6 27 fr8g figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δ
MAT 6 27 kub4 translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 one cubit A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) MAT 6 27 kub4 translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 one cubit A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
MAT 6 28 erj8 figs-rquestion περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 Why are you anxious about clothing? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “You should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 6 28 erj8 figs-rquestion περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 Why are you anxious about clothing? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: “You should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 6 28 cs99 καταμάθετε 1 Think about “Consider” MAT 6 28 cs99 καταμάθετε 1 Think about “Consider”
MAT 6 28 him2 figs-personification τὰ κρίνα … αὐξάνουσιν; οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν 1 the lilies ... They do not work, and they do not spin cloth Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 6 28 him2 figs-personification τὰ κρίνα ... αὐξάνουσιν; οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν 1 the lilies ... They do not work, and they do not spin cloth Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 28 t16l translate-unknown κρίνα 1 lilies A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 6 28 t16l translate-unknown κρίνα 1 lilies A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 6 29 n75l figs-personification οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 not even Solomon ... was clothed like one of these Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 6 29 n75l figs-personification οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 not even Solomon ... was clothed like one of these Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 29 np9e λέγω ... ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. MAT 6 29 np9e λέγω ... ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 6 29 sqg8 figs-activepassive περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 was clothed like one of these This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did not wear clothes that are as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 6 29 sqg8 figs-activepassive περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 was clothed like one of these This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “did not wear clothes that are as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 30 z5lh figs-personification τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ … οὕτως 1 so clothes the grass in the fields Jesus continues to speak about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 6 30 z5lh figs-personification τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ ... οὕτως 1 so clothes the grass in the fields Jesus continues to speak about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 30 uf36 χόρτον 1 grass If your language has a word that includes “grass” and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here. MAT 6 30 uf36 χόρτον 1 grass If your language has a word that includes “grass” and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
MAT 6 30 m23l figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 is thrown into the oven The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 6 30 m23l figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 is thrown into the oven The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 30 cd8w figs-rquestion ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 will he not clothe you much more, you of little faith? Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you ... faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 6 30 cd8w figs-rquestion ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 will he not clothe you much more, you of little faith? Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you ... faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

36
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
View File

@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must
JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “This cannot be!” or “This is not able to happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “This cannot be!” or “This is not able to happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 3 10 gbu5 σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ … οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher ... yet you do not understand The word “you” is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you) JHN 3 10 gbu5 σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ... οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher ... yet you do not understand The word “you” is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you) JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said “we,” he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said “we,” he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ JHN 3 33 g5x4 ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed “proves” or “agrees
JHN 3 34 db8m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist finishes speaking. JHN 3 34 db8m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist finishes speaking.
JHN 3 34 rr83 ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent “This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him” JHN 3 34 rr83 ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent “This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him”
JHN 3 34 bnx8 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure “For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit” JHN 3 34 bnx8 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure “For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit”
JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ … Υἱόν 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ ... Υἱόν 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given ... into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given ... into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 3 36 u1ks ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes “A person who believes” or “Anyone who believes” JHN 3 36 u1ks ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes “A person who believes” or “Anyone who believes”
JHN 3 36 zy7u ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the wrath of God stays on him The abstract noun “wrath” can be translated with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “God will continue to punish him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) JHN 3 36 zy7u ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the wrath of God stays on him The abstract noun “wrath” can be translated with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “God will continue to punish him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ JHN 5 18 n8bh ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himse
JHN 5 19 f2qp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders. JHN 5 19 f2qp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders.
JHN 5 19 rr9q ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). JHN 5 19 rr9q ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς ... ποιεῖ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς ... ποιεῖ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς … Πατέρα 1 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς ... Πατέρα 1 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 5 20 zlr7 ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε 1 you will be amazed “you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked” JHN 5 20 zlr7 ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε 1 you will be amazed “you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked”
JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 5 20 x8ac φιλεῖ 1 loves The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love. JHN 5 20 x8ac φιλεῖ 1 loves The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ JHN 5 25 gtu6 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your
JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself The word “For” marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself The word “For” marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ … Υἱῷ 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ ... Υἱῷ 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 5 26 f5vq ζωὴν 1 life This means spiritual life. JHN 5 26 f5vq ζωὴν 1 life This means spiritual life.
JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge. JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδ
JHN 6 24 cql6 0 General Information: The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions. JHN 6 24 cql6 0 General Information: The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions.
JHN 6 26 f8j4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md). JHN 6 26 f8j4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
JHN 6 27 czb3 ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him. JHN 6 27 czb3 ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ... ὁ Πατὴρ … ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man ... God the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ... ὁ Πατὴρ ... ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man ... God the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor τοῦτον ... ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal on him To “set a seal” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor τοῦτον ... ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal on him To “set a seal” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 6 31 gye7 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors” JHN 6 31 gye7 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors”
JHN 6 31 jz9p τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives. JHN 6 31 jz9p τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives.
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here “the world” is
JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 7 5 bs7f οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers “his younger brothers” JHN 7 5 bs7f οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers “his younger brothers”
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word “time” is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word “time” is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ … καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready “any time is good for you” JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ ... καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready “any time is good for you”
JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil “I tell them that what they are doing is evil” JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil “I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
JHN 7 8 pt7f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his brothers. JHN 7 8 pt7f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his brothers.
@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ JHN 8 16 xnn5 ἐὰν κρίνω ... ἐγώ 1 if I judge Possible meanings ar
JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true Possible meanings are 1) “my judgment will be right” or 2) “my judgment is right.” JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true Possible meanings are 1) “my judgment will be right” or 2) “my judgment is right.”
JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ … Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do” JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ ... Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do”
JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ... Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ... Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 8 17 uvc6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself. JHN 8 17 uvc6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself.
JHN 8 17 i1sl καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ 1 Yes, and in your law The word “Yes” shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before. JHN 8 17 i1sl καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ 1 Yes, and in your law The word “Yes” shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before.
@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ JHN 8 36 w3q1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐὰν ... ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶ
JHN 8 37 p4xm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews. JHN 8 37 p4xm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father “I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father” JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father “I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father”
JHN 8 38 f9yu καὶ ὑμεῖς … ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε 1 you also do what you heard from your father The Jewish leaders do not understand that by “your father” Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do” JHN 8 38 f9yu καὶ ὑμεῖς ... ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε 1 you also do what you heard from your father The Jewish leaders do not understand that by “your father” Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do”
JHN 8 39 qp2r ὁ πατὴρ 1 father forefather JHN 8 39 qp2r ὁ πατὴρ 1 father forefather
JHN 8 40 s615 τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this “Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God” JHN 8 40 s615 τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this “Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God”
JHN 8 41 i87r figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: “No! You are doing the things that your real father did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 8 41 i87r figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: “No! You are doing the things that your real father did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1
JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken Possible meanings are 1) “no one can change the scripture” or 2) “the scripture will always be true.” JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken Possible meanings are 1) “no one can change the scripture” or 2) “the scripture will always be true.”
JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 10 36 fj9f βλασφημεῖς 1 You are blaspheming “You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God. JHN 10 36 fj9f βλασφημεῖς 1 You are blaspheming “You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ … Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father ... Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ ... Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father ... Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 10 37 wyd2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jews. JHN 10 37 wyd2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jews.
JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 believe me Here the word “believe” means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true. JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 believe me Here the word “believe” means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ JHN 13 1 a1w4 ἀγαπήσας 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes fro
JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase “put it into the heart” is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase “put it into the heart” is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 13 3 u3vn writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) JHN 13 3 u3vn writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ … εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here “his hands” is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ ... εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here “his hands” is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 13 3 a6qj ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει 1 he had come from God and was going back to God Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished. JHN 13 3 a6qj ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει 1 he had come from God and was going back to God Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant. JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant.
JHN 13 5 s1pc ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet. JHN 13 5 s1pc ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet.
@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ JHN 14 12 h2rh ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ 1 believes in me This mean
JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ … Υἱῷ 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ ... Υἱῷ 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit. JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit.
JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God. JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
@ -1187,7 +1187,7 @@ JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an im
JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς ... ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one. JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς ... ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father ... I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father. JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father ... I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς … πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father ... going to the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς ... πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father ... going to the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 16 29 h725 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples respond to Jesus. JHN 16 29 h725 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples respond to Jesus.
JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1200,8 +1200,8 @@ JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br
JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God. JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 17 1 k7tb οὐρανὸν 1 heavens This refers to the sky. JHN 17 1 k7tb οὐρανὸν 1 heavens This refers to the sky.
JHN 17 1 n15x Πάτερ … δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ 1 Father ... glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God. JHN 17 1 n15x Πάτερ ... δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ 1 Father ... glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God.
JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ … Υἱὸς 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ ... Υἱὸς 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people. JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people.
JHN 17 3 tx6m αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 This is eternal life ... know you, the only true God, and ... Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son. JHN 17 3 tx6m αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 This is eternal life ... know you, the only true God, and ... Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son.
@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world Here “
JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς … ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them ... that they will be one ... as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God. JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς ... ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them ... that they will be one ... as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word “name” is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word “name” is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so t
JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word “I have spoken your message to them” JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word “I have spoken your message to them”
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ... ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου … ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world ... because they are not of the world ... I am not of the world Here “the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ... ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ... ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world ... because they are not of the world ... I am not of the world Here “the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase “by the truth” here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase “by the truth” here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back Yo
JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον ... αὐτῷ οἱ ... μαθηταί 1 disciples later said to him The word “him” refers to Thomas. JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον ... αὐτῷ οἱ ... μαθηταί 1 disciples later said to him The word “him” refers to Thomas.
JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see ... his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see ... his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see ... his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see ... his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ … εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands ... into his side The word “his” refers to Jesus. JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ ... εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands ... into his side The word “his” refers to Jesus.
JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word “his” refers to Jesus. JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word “his” refers to Jesus.
JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive ῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive ῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” . JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
@ -1505,5 +1505,5 @@ JHN 21 24 d6t5 ὁ μαθητὴς 1 the disciple “the disciple John”
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here “testifies” means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here “testifies” means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here “we” refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here “we” refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “If someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “If someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν ... τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ … βιβλία 1 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν ... τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ ... βιβλία 1 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 the books that would be written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 the books that would be written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
124 JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
125 JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “This cannot be!” or “This is not able to happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
126 JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
127 JHN 3 10 gbu5 σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ … οὐ γινώσκεις σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ... οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher ... yet you do not understand The word “you” is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
128 JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
129 JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
130 JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said “we,” he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
171 JHN 3 34 db8m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist finishes speaking.
172 JHN 3 34 rr83 ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent “This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him”
173 JHN 3 34 bnx8 οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure “For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit”
174 JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ … Υἱόν Πατὴρ ... Υἱόν 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
175 JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given ... into his hand This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
176 JHN 3 36 u1ks ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes “A person who believes” or “Anyone who believes”
177 JHN 3 36 zy7u ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the wrath of God stays on him The abstract noun “wrath” can be translated with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “God will continue to punish him” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
281 JHN 5 19 f2qp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders.
282 JHN 5 19 rr9q ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
283 JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς ... ποιεῖ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
284 JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς … Πατέρα Υἱὸς ... Πατέρα 1 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
285 JHN 5 20 zlr7 ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε 1 you will be amazed “you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked”
286 JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
287 JHN 5 20 x8ac φιλεῖ 1 loves The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
296 JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
297 JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
298 JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself The word “For” marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
299 JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ … Υἱῷ Πατὴρ ... Υἱῷ 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
300 JHN 5 26 f5vq ζωὴν 1 life This means spiritual life.
301 JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
302 JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
366 JHN 6 24 cql6 0 General Information: The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions.
367 JHN 6 26 f8j4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
368 JHN 6 27 czb3 ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
369 JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ... ὁ Πατὴρ … ὁ Θεός Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ... ὁ Πατὴρ ... ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man ... God the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
370 JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor τοῦτον ... ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal on him To “set a seal” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
371 JHN 6 31 gye7 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers “Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors”
372 JHN 6 31 jz9p τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives.
458 JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
459 JHN 7 5 bs7f οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers “his younger brothers”
460 JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word “time” is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
461 JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ … καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος ὁ ... καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready “any time is good for you”
462 JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
463 JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil “I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
464 JHN 7 8 pt7f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his brothers.
559 JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true Possible meanings are 1) “my judgment will be right” or 2) “my judgment is right.”
560 JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
561 JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
562 JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ … Πατήρ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ ... Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do”
563 JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ... Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
564 JHN 8 17 uvc6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself.
565 JHN 8 17 i1sl καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ 1 Yes, and in your law The word “Yes” shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before.
606 JHN 8 37 p4xm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
607 JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
608 JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father “I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father”
609 JHN 8 38 f9yu καὶ ὑμεῖς … ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε καὶ ὑμεῖς ... ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε 1 you also do what you heard from your father The Jewish leaders do not understand that by “your father” Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do”
610 JHN 8 39 qp2r ὁ πατὴρ 1 father forefather
611 JHN 8 40 s615 τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this “Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God”
612 JHN 8 41 i87r figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: “No! You are doing the things that your real father did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
776 JHN 10 35 u9j2 οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken Possible meanings are 1) “no one can change the scripture” or 2) “the scripture will always be true.”
777 JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
778 JHN 10 36 fj9f βλασφημεῖς 1 You are blaspheming “You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
779 JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ … Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ Πατὴρ ... Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Father ... Son of God These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
780 JHN 10 37 wyd2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to the Jews.
781 JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
782 JHN 10 37 vk1v πιστεύετέ μοι 1 believe me Here the word “believe” means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
970 JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase “put it into the heart” is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
971 JHN 13 3 u3vn writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
972 JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
973 JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ … εἰς τὰς χεῖρας πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ ... εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here “his hands” is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
974 JHN 13 3 a6qj ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει 1 he had come from God and was going back to God Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
975 JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant.
976 JHN 13 5 s1pc ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet.
1045 JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1046 JHN 14 13 n2id figs-metonymy ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1047 JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1048 JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ … Υἱῷ Πατὴρ ... Υἱῷ 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1049 JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-metonymy ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω 1 If you ask me anything in my name, I will do it Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1050 JHN 14 16 tu1e Παράκλητον 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit.
1051 JHN 14 17 sc6r Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
1187 JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς ... ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
1188 JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1189 JHN 16 28 xn2v ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father ... I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
1190 JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς … πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς ... πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father ... going to the Father Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1191 JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1192 JHN 16 29 h725 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples respond to Jesus.
1193 JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1200 JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
1201 JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1202 JHN 17 1 k7tb οὐρανὸν 1 heavens This refers to the sky.
1203 JHN 17 1 n15x Πάτερ … δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ Πάτερ ... δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ 1 Father ... glorify your Son so that the Son will glorify you Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God.
1204 JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ … Υἱὸς Πάτερ ... Υἱὸς 1 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1205 JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1206 JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people.
1207 JHN 17 3 tx6m αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 This is eternal life ... know you, the only true God, and ... Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son.
1214 JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-idiom τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1215 JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1 I do not pray for the world Here the word “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1216 JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1217 JHN 17 11 a7un Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς … ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς ... ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς 1 Holy Father, keep them ... that they will be one ... as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
1218 JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1219 JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word “name” is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1220 JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1224 JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1225 JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1226 JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word “I have spoken your message to them”
1227 JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ... ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου … ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ὁ κόσμος ... ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ... ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world ... because they are not of the world ... I am not of the world Here “the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1228 JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1229 JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1230 JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase “by the truth” here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1440 JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1441 JHN 20 25 n8vc ἔλεγον ... αὐτῷ οἱ ... μαθηταί 1 disciples later said to him The word “him” refers to Thomas.
1442 JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see ... his side, I will not believe You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see ... his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1443 JHN 20 25 ss17 ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ … εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ ... εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 in his hands ... into his side The word “his” refers to Jesus.
1444 JHN 20 26 vzm5 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples The word “his” refers to Jesus.
1445 JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive ῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1446 JHN 20 26 m5tl εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
1505 JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here “testifies” means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1506 JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here “we” refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1507 JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “If someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1508 JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν ... τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ … βιβλία οὐδ’ αὐτὸν ... τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ ... βιβλία 1 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1509 JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 the books that would be written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

18
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
View File

@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ ACT 2 39 v8vi πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν 1 all who are far off T
ACT 2 40 k1kj writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost. Verse 42 begins a section that explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) ACT 2 40 k1kj writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost. Verse 42 begins a section that explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
ACT 2 40 v6ip figs-doublet διεμαρτύρατο, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς 1 he testified and urged them “he seriously told them and begged them.” Here the words “testified” and “urged” share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. Alternate translation: “he strongly urged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 2 40 v6ip figs-doublet διεμαρτύρατο, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς 1 he testified and urged them “he seriously told them and begged them.” Here the words “testified” and “urged” share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. Alternate translation: “he strongly urged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT 2 40 wtd5 figs-explicit σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης 1 Save yourselves from this wicked generation The implication is that God will punish “this wicked generation.” Alternate translation: “Save yourselves from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 2 40 wtd5 figs-explicit σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης 1 Save yourselves from this wicked generation The implication is that God will punish “this wicked generation.” Alternate translation: “Save yourselves from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 2 41 r9qz figs-idiom οἱ ...ν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 they received his word Here the word “received” means that they accepted what Peter said to be true. Alternate translation: “they believed what Peter said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 2 41 r9qz figs-idiom οἱ ... ν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 they received his word Here the word “received” means that they accepted what Peter said to be true. Alternate translation: “they believed what Peter said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 2 41 kz64 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 2 41 kz64 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 2 41 a47f figs-activepassive προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 there were added in that day about three thousand souls This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “about three thousand souls joined the believers on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 2 41 a47f figs-activepassive προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 there were added in that day about three thousand souls This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “about three thousand souls joined the believers on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 2 41 sv5j figs-synecdoche ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 about three thousand souls Here the word “souls” refers to people. Alternate translation: “about 3,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) ACT 2 41 sv5j figs-synecdoche ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 about three thousand souls Here the word “souls” refers to people. Alternate translation: “about 3,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ ACT 3 6 zi9t figs-explicit ὃ ... ἔχω 1 what I do have It is understood tha
ACT 3 6 t2vf figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 In the name of Jesus Christ Here the word “name” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “With the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 3 6 t2vf figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 In the name of Jesus Christ Here the word “name” refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “With the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 3 7 ec6j ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 Peter raised him up “Peter caused him to stand” ACT 3 7 ec6j ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 Peter raised him up “Peter caused him to stand”
ACT 3 8 zp7x εἰσῆλθεν ... εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 he entered ... into the temple He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “he entered ... the temple area” or “he entered ... into the temple courtyard” ACT 3 8 zp7x εἰσῆλθεν ... εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 he entered ... into the temple He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “he entered ... the temple area” or “he entered ... into the temple courtyard”
ACT 3 10 zy7h ἐπεγίνωσκον ..., ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ 1 noticed that it was the man “realized that it was the man” or “recognized him as the man” ACT 3 10 zy7h ἐπεγίνωσκον ... ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ 1 noticed that it was the man “realized that it was the man” or “recognized him as the man”
ACT 3 10 p2zh τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ 1 the Beautiful Gate This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 3:2](../03/02.md). ACT 3 10 p2zh τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ 1 the Beautiful Gate This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 3:2](../03/02.md).
ACT 3 10 j6zf figs-doublet ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως 1 they were filled with wonder and amazement Here the words “wonder” and “amazement” share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of the people’s amazement. Alternate translation: “they were extremely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) ACT 3 10 j6zf figs-doublet ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως 1 they were filled with wonder and amazement Here the words “wonder” and “amazement” share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of the people’s amazement. Alternate translation: “they were extremely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ACT 3 11 g4y1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” makes it clear that they were not inside the temple where only the priests were allowed to enter. Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Peter and John but not to the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) ACT 3 11 g4y1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” makes it clear that they were not inside the temple where only the priests were allowed to enter. Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Peter and John but not to the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ ACT 3 21 y1ps δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι, ἄχρι 1 he
ACT 3 21 x2f3 ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 1 until the time of the restoration of all things Possible meanings are 1) “until the time when God will restore all things” or 2) “until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold.” ACT 3 21 x2f3 ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 1 until the time of the restoration of all things Possible meanings are 1) “until the time when God will restore all things” or 2) “until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold.”
ACT 3 21 a2m8 ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: “about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them” ACT 3 21 a2m8 ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: “about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them”
ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ... αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word “mouth” refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: “the words of his holy prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ... αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word “mouth” refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: “the words of his holy prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 3 22 v5nf προφήτην... ἀναστήσει ... ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ 1 will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers “will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet, and everyone will know about him” ACT 3 22 v5nf προφήτην ... ἀναστήσει ... ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ 1 will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers “will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet, and everyone will know about him”
ACT 3 22 t8di τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 your brothers “your nation” ACT 3 22 t8di τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 your brothers “your nation”
ACT 3 23 t8a5 figs-activepassive 1 that prophet will be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that prophet, God will completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 3 23 t8a5 figs-activepassive 1 that prophet will be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that prophet, God will completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ACT 3 24 y1z7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md). ACT 3 24 y1z7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md).
@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ ACT 9 2 pk19 τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας 1 who belonged to the Way “who f
ACT 9 2 n94s τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time. ACT 9 2 n94s τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time.
ACT 9 2 a6z4 figs-explicit δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 he might bring them bound to Jerusalem “he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem.” Paul’s purpose can be made clear by adding “so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 9 2 a6z4 figs-explicit δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 he might bring them bound to Jerusalem “he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem.” Paul’s purpose can be made clear by adding “so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 9 3 lv9q 0 Connecting Statement: After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus. ACT 9 3 lv9q 0 Connecting Statement: After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus.
ACT 9 3 jf4g ἐν ...τῷ πορεύεσθαι 1 As he was traveling Saul left Jerusalem and now travels to Damascus. ACT 9 3 jf4g ἐν ... τῷ πορεύεσθαι 1 As he was traveling Saul left Jerusalem and now travels to Damascus.
ACT 9 3 by55 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) ACT 9 3 by55 writing-newevent ἐγένετο 1 it happened that This is an expression that marks a change in the story to show something different is about to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
ACT 9 3 dm6c τε αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 there shone all around him a light out of heaven “a light from heaven shone all around him” ACT 9 3 dm6c τε αὐτὸν περιήστραψεν φῶς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 there shone all around him a light out of heaven “a light from heaven shone all around him”
ACT 9 3 gua8 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 out of heaven Possible meanings are 1) heaven, where God lives or 2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it. ACT 9 3 gua8 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 out of heaven Possible meanings are 1) heaven, where God lives or 2) the sky. The first meaning is preferable. Use that meaning if your language has a separate word for it.
@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ ACT 13 33 dy6w τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν 1 for us, their children “
ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν 1 by raising up Jesus Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “by making Jesus alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν 1 by raising up Jesus Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “by making Jesus alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ACT 13 33 y3tz ὡς ... ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 As it is written in the second Psalm “This is what was written in the second Psalm” ACT 13 33 y3tz ὡς ... ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγραπται τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 As it is written in the second Psalm “This is what was written in the second Psalm”
ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ ψαλμῷ ... τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm “Psalm 2” ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ ψαλμῷ ... τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm “Psalm 2”
ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός... γεγέννηκά σε 1 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός ... γεγέννηκά σε 1 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
ACT 13 34 iy5q ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν 1 The fact that he raised him up from the dead so that his body would never decay, God has spoken in this way “God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again” ACT 13 34 iy5q ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν 1 The fact that he raised him up from the dead so that his body would never decay, God has spoken in this way “God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again”
ACT 13 34 h3nj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. ACT 13 34 h3nj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
ACT 13 34 q3kq τὰ ὅσια ... τὰ πιστά 1 sure blessings “certain blessings” ACT 13 34 q3kq τὰ ὅσια ... τὰ πιστά 1 sure blessings “certain blessings”
@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ ACT 19 13 vqt1 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 By the Jesus This stands f
ACT 19 14 cb8p translate-names Σκευᾶ 1 Sceva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 19 14 cb8p translate-names Σκευᾶ 1 Sceva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 19 15 i4a2 τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι 1 Jesus I know, and Paul I know “I know Jesus and Paul” or “I know Jesus, and I know Paul” ACT 19 15 i4a2 τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι 1 Jesus I know, and Paul I know “I know Jesus and Paul” or “I know Jesus, and I know Paul”
ACT 19 15 nsl1 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ 1 but who are you? The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: “but I do not know you!” or “but you have no authority over me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 19 15 nsl1 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ 1 but who are you? The spirit asked this question to emphasize that the exorcists had no authority over evil spirits. Alternate translation: “but I do not know you!” or “but you have no authority over me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 19 16 ty4x φαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ..., ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν 1 The evil spirit in the man leaped This means that the evil spirit caused the man whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists. ACT 19 16 ty4x φαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ... ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν 1 The evil spirit in the man leaped This means that the evil spirit caused the man whom it was controlling to leap on the exorcists.
ACT 19 16 lu7u αὐτοὺς 1 exorcists This refers to people who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md). ACT 19 16 lu7u αὐτοὺς 1 exorcists This refers to people who send evil spirits from people or places. See how you translated this in [Acts 19:13](../19/13.md).
ACT 19 16 b8cb γυμνοὺς ... ἐκφυγεῖν 1 they fled ... naked The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them. ACT 19 16 b8cb γυμνοὺς ... ἐκφυγεῖν 1 they fled ... naked The exorcists fled with their clothes ripped off them.
ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus was honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they honored the name of the Lord Jesus” or “they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ACT 19 17 j85h figs-activepassive ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus was honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they honored the name of the Lord Jesus” or “they considered the name of the Lord Jesus to be great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2057,7 +2057,7 @@ ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην ... νουθετῶν 1 I did not st
ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Here “tears” refers to Paul’s crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Here “tears” refers to Paul’s crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here “word” stands for a message. Alternate translation: “I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ACT 20 32 vnb2 παρατίθεμαι 1 entrust to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something ACT 20 32 vnb2 παρατίθεμαι 1 entrust to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something
ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ... δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1 which is able to build you up A person’s faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: “which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ ... δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1 which is able to build you up A person’s faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: “which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 20 32 zvz8 figs-personification δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to give you the inheritance This speaks about the “word of his grace” as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: “God will give you the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ACT 20 32 zvz8 figs-personification δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to give you the inheritance This speaks about the “word of his grace” as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: “God will give you the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
ACT 20 32 x5jy figs-metaphor τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 the inheritance The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ACT 20 32 x5jy figs-metaphor τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 the inheritance The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ACT 20 33 y6ii 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in [Acts 20:18](../20/18.md). ACT 20 33 y6ii 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in [Acts 20:18](../20/18.md).
@ -2271,7 +2271,7 @@ ACT 22 25 st4k τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν 1 the thongs These were strips of leath
ACT 22 25 yjw3 figs-rquestion εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν 1 Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial? Paul uses this question to make the centurion check the validity of having his soldiers whip Paul. Alternate translation: “It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and who was not given his legal right to a trial!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 22 25 yjw3 figs-rquestion εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν 1 Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial? Paul uses this question to make the centurion check the validity of having his soldiers whip Paul. Alternate translation: “It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and who was not given his legal right to a trial!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν 1 What are you about to do? This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. Alternate translation: “You should not do this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν 1 What are you about to do? This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. Alternate translation: “You should not do this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ACT 22 27 pe31 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul. ACT 22 27 pe31 0 General Information: Here the word “him” refers to Paul.
ACT 22 27 e69y figs-go προσελθὼν ..., ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 The chief captain came Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) ACT 22 27 e69y figs-go προσελθὼν ... ὁ χιλίαρχος 1 The chief captain came Here “came” can be translated as “went.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
ACT 22 28 dr2w ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 It was only with a large amount of money “It was only after I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities.” The captain makes this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth. ACT 22 28 dr2w ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην 1 It was only with a large amount of money “It was only after I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities.” The captain makes this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth.
ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ ... τὴν πολιτείαν ... ἐκτησάμην 1 I acquired citizenship “I got citizenship.” The word “citizenship” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns ἐγὼ ... τὴν πολιτείαν ... ἐκτησάμην 1 I acquired citizenship “I got citizenship.” The word “citizenship” is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: “I became a citizen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
ACT 22 28 rly1 ἐγὼ δὲ ... γεγέννημαι 1 I was born a Roman citizen If the father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born. ACT 22 28 rly1 ἐγὼ δὲ ... γεγέννημαι 1 I was born a Roman citizen If the father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born.
@ -2599,7 +2599,7 @@ ACT 27 5 ni2x translate-names κατήλθαμεν εἰς Μύρρα 1 landed a
ACT 27 5 uaf4 translate-names τῆς Λυκίας 1 a city of Lycia Lycia was a Roman province, located on the southwestern coast of modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 27 5 uaf4 translate-names τῆς Λυκίας 1 a city of Lycia Lycia was a Roman province, located on the southwestern coast of modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 27 6 j4cf figs-explicit εὑρὼν ... πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον, πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sail to Italy It is implied that a crew would sail the ship to Italy. Alternate translation: “found a ship that a crew had sailed from Alexandria and was about to sail to Italy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 27 6 j4cf figs-explicit εὑρὼν ... πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον, πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 found a ship from Alexandria that was going to sail to Italy It is implied that a crew would sail the ship to Italy. Alternate translation: “found a ship that a crew had sailed from Alexandria and was about to sail to Italy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 27 6 fdq2 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρῖνον 1 Alexandria This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 27 6 fdq2 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρῖνον 1 Alexandria This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 27 7 zzw1 figs-explicit δὲ ..., βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις, γενόμενοι 1 When we had sailed slowly ... finally arrived with difficulty You can make explicit that the reason they were sailing slowly and with difficulty was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ACT 27 7 zzw1 figs-explicit δὲ ... βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ μόλις, γενόμενοι 1 When we had sailed slowly ... finally arrived with difficulty You can make explicit that the reason they were sailing slowly and with difficulty was because the wind was blowing against them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ACT 27 7 pye5 translate-names κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον 1 near Cnidus This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) ACT 27 7 pye5 translate-names κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον 1 near Cnidus This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ACT 27 7 hhf1 μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου 1 the wind no longer allowed us to go that way “we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind” ACT 27 7 hhf1 μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου 1 the wind no longer allowed us to go that way “we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind”
ACT 27 7 b746 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην 1 so we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete “so we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind” ACT 27 7 b746 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην 1 so we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete “so we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind”

Can't render this file because it is too large.

10
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
View File

@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ ROM 3 11 h9e9 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων 1 There is no o
ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase “seeks after God” means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase “seeks after God” means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all turned away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all turned away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν... αὐτῶν 1 Their ... Their The word “their” refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md). ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν ... αὐτῶν 1 Their ... Their The word “their” refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word “throat” is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here “open grave” is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word “throat” is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here “open grave” is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word “tongues” is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word “tongues” is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here “poison of snakes” is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word “lips” refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here “poison of snakes” is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word “lips” refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -320,12 +320,12 @@ ROM 4 25 cca1 figs-activepassive ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπ
ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br> ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br>
ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him. ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him.
ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified “Because we are justified” ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified “Because we are justified”
ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-inclusive ... ἡμῶν 1 we ... our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-inclusive ... ἡμῶν 1 we ... our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ “because of our Lord Jesus Christ” ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ “because of our Lord Jesus Christ”
ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here “Lord” means that Jesus is God. ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here “Lord” means that Jesus is God.
ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here “by faith” refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence” ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here “by faith” refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence”
ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word “this” refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md). ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word “this” refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md).
ROM 5 3 u14f figs-inclusive καυχώμεθα ... 1 we ... our ... We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) ROM 5 3 u14f figs-inclusive καυχώμεθα ... 1 we ... our ... We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ. ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ.
ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-inclusive ἡμῶν ... ἡμῖν 1 our ... us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-inclusive ἡμῶν ... ἡμῖν 1 our ... us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ ... ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of “confidence” as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ ... ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of “confidence” as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ ROM 9 27 zqi1 κράζει 1 cries out “calls out”
ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of sand in the sea. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of sand in the sea. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word “saved” in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word “saved” in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον ... ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here “sentence” refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said” ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον ... ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here “sentence” refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said”
ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-inclusive ἡμῖν ...ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us ... we Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-inclusive ἡμῖν ... ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us ... we Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles” ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles”
@ -794,7 +794,7 @@ ROM 11 18 gqd6 figs-metaphor μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων 1 do
ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here “branches” refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here “branches” refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 11 19 p9ti figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 I might be grafted in Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he might attach me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) ROM 11 19 p9ti figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 I might be grafted in Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he might attach me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ROM 11 20 puj9 ... ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their ... they The pronouns “their” and “they” refer to the Jewish people who did not believe. ROM 11 20 puj9 ... ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their ... they The pronouns “their” and “they” refer to the Jewish people who did not believe.
ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the “natural branches” refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the “natural branches” refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the kind actions and the severity of God Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them. ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the kind actions and the severity of God Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
219 ROM 3 11 y7et figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν 1 There is no one who seeks after God Here the phrase “seeks after God” means to have a relationship with God. Alternate translation: “No one sincerely tries to have a right relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
220 ROM 3 12 cen3 figs-idiom πάντες ἐξέκλιναν 1 They have all turned away This is an idiom that means the people do not even want to think about God. They want to avoid him. Alternate translation: “They have all turned away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
221 ROM 3 12 y6qa figs-explicit ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν 1 They together have become useless Since no one does what is good, they are useless to God. Alternate translation: “Everyone has become useless to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
222 ROM 3 13 zf4i αὐτῶν... αὐτῶν αὐτῶν ... αὐτῶν 1 Their ... Their The word “their” refers to the “Jews and Greeks” of [Romans 3:9](../03/09.md).
223 ROM 3 13 bbq5 figs-metonymy τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν 1 Their throat is an open grave The word “throat” is a metonym for everything that people say that is unrighteous and disgusting. Here “open grave” is a metaphor that refers to the stench of the evil words of the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
224 ROM 3 13 sx6y figs-metonymy ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν 1 Their tongues have deceived The word “tongues” is a metonym for the false words that people speak. Alternate translation: “People speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
225 ROM 3 13 qk16 figs-metaphor ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν 1 The poison of snakes is under their lips Here “poison of snakes” is a metaphor that is used to represent the great harm of the evil words that the people speak. The word “lips” refers to the words of the people. Alternate translation: “Their evil words injure people just like the poison of a venomous snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
320 ROM 5 intro i1dt 0 # Romans 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br>
321 ROM 5 1 xmp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him.
322 ROM 5 1 age4 δικαιωθέντες οὖν 1 Since we are justified “Because we are justified”
323 ROM 5 1 s6xd figs-inclusive ... ἡμῶν ... ἡμῶν 1 we ... our All occurrences of “we” and “our” refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
324 ROM 5 1 p11y διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through our Lord Jesus Christ “because of our Lord Jesus Christ”
325 ROM 5 1 me59 τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Lord Here “Lord” means that Jesus is God.
326 ROM 5 2 du8b δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν 1 Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand Here “by faith” refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to stand before God. Alternate translation: “Because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence”
327 ROM 5 3 q5p7 οὐ μόνον δέ 1 Not only this The word “this” refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md).
328 ROM 5 3 u14f figs-inclusive καυχώμεθα ... καυχώμεθα ... 1 we ... our ... We These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
329 ROM 5 4 sx5f ἐλπίδα 1 certain hope This is the certainty that God will fulfill all his promises for those who trust in Christ.
330 ROM 5 5 i8pd figs-inclusive ἡμῶν ... ἡμῖν 1 our ... us These words refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
331 ROM 5 5 pp1n figs-personification ἡ ... ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει 1 that hope does not disappoint Paul uses personification here as he speaks of “confidence” as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
668 ROM 9 27 k9j8 figs-simile ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης 1 as the sand of the sea Here Paul compares the number of the people of Israel to the number of grains of sand in the sea. Alternate translation: “too many to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
669 ROM 9 27 wig1 figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 will be saved Paul uses the word “saved” in a spiritual sense. If God saves a person, it means that through believing in Jesus’ death on the cross, God has forgiven him and rescued him from being punished for his sin. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
670 ROM 9 28 cm32 λόγον ... ποιήσει Κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 the Lord will carry out his sentence on the earth Here “sentence” refers to how he has decided to punish people. Alternate translation: “the Lord will punish people on the earth according to how he has said”
671 ROM 9 29 dl9x figs-inclusive ἡμῖν ...ν ἐγενήθημεν ἡμῖν ... ν ἐγενήθημεν 1 us ... we Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Isaiah and those to whom he spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
672 ROM 9 29 tk2e figs-explicit ὡς Σόδομα ἂν ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμορρα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν 1 we would be like Sodom, and we would have become like Gomorrah God killed all of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah because of their sin. Alternate translation: “we all would have been destroyed like the people of Sodom and Gomorrah” or “God would have destroyed all of us, like he destroyed the cities of Sodom and Gommorah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
673 ROM 9 30 m5l2 figs-rquestion τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν 1 What will we say then? Paul uses this question to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “This is what we must say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
674 ROM 9 30 ki4k ὅτι ἔθνη 1 That the Gentiles “We will say that the Gentiles”
794 ROM 11 18 llz1 figs-metaphor οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, ἀλλὰ ἡ ῥίζα σέ 1 it is not you who supports the root, but the root that supports you Again Paul implies that the Gentile believers are branches. God saves them only because of the covenant promises that he made to the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
795 ROM 11 19 mm6w figs-metaphor ἐξεκλάσθησαν κλάδοι 1 Branches were broken off Here “branches” refers to the Jews who rejected Jesus and whom God has now rejected. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God broke branches off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
796 ROM 11 19 p9ti figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἐνκεντρισθῶ 1 I might be grafted in Paul uses this phrase to refer to the Gentile believers whom God has accepted. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he might attach me in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
797 ROM 11 20 puj9 ... ἐξεκλάσθησαν ... ἐξεκλάσθησαν 1 their ... they The pronouns “their” and “they” refer to the Jewish people who did not believe.
798 ROM 11 20 v2ua figs-metaphor σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει ἕστηκας 1 but you stand firm because of your faith Paul speaks of the Gentile believers remaining faithful as if they were standing firm and no one could move them. Alternate translation: “but you remain because of your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
799 ROM 11 21 f6i7 figs-metaphor εἰ γὰρ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, οὐδὲ σοῦ φείσεται 1 For if God did not spare the natural branches, neither will he spare you Here the “natural branches” refers to the Jewish people who rejected Jesus. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare those unbelieving Jews, who grew up like a tree’s natural branches that came from the root, then know, if you do not believe, he will not spare you either (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
800 ROM 11 22 xdm3 χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομίαν Θεοῦ 1 the kind actions and the severity of God Paul is reminding the Gentile believers that although God may act very kindly toward them, he will not hesitate to judge and punish them.

14
en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
View File

@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ EPH 2 12 sti2 figs-metaphor ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπα
EPH 2 13 quq4 νυνὶ δὲ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 But now in Christ Jesus Paul is marking a contrast between the Ephesians before they believed in Christ and after they believed in Christ. EPH 2 13 quq4 νυνὶ δὲ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 But now in Christ Jesus Paul is marking a contrast between the Ephesians before they believed in Christ and after they believed in Christ.
EPH 2 13 uf8m figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς οἵ ποτε ὄντες μακρὰν, ἐγενήθητε ἐγγὺς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 you who once were far away from God have been brought near by the blood of Christ Not belonging to God due to sin is spoken of as being far away from God. Belonging to God because of the blood of Christ is spoken of as being brought near to God. Alternate translation: “you who once did not belong to God now belong to God because of the blood of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 2 13 uf8m figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς οἵ ποτε ὄντες μακρὰν, ἐγενήθητε ἐγγὺς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 you who once were far away from God have been brought near by the blood of Christ Not belonging to God due to sin is spoken of as being far away from God. Belonging to God because of the blood of Christ is spoken of as being brought near to God. Alternate translation: “you who once did not belong to God now belong to God because of the blood of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 2 13 tth1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the blood of Christ The blood of Christ is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “by Christ’s death” or “when Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EPH 2 13 tth1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the blood of Christ The blood of Christ is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “by Christ’s death” or “when Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 2 14 ue4u αὐτὸς … ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 he is our peace “Jesus gives us his peace” EPH 2 14 ue4u αὐτὸς ... ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 he is our peace “Jesus gives us his peace”
EPH 2 14 ccy8 figs-inclusive ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 our peace The word “our” refers to Paul and his readers and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) EPH 2 14 ccy8 figs-inclusive ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 our peace The word “our” refers to Paul and his readers and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
EPH 2 14 t9zn ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἓν 1 He made the two one “He made the Jews and Gentiles one” EPH 2 14 t9zn ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἓν 1 He made the two one “He made the Jews and Gentiles one”
EPH 2 14 t6rd figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ 1 By his flesh The words “his flesh,” his physical body, are a metonym for his body dying. Alternate translation: “By the death of his body on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EPH 2 14 t6rd figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ 1 By his flesh The words “his flesh,” his physical body, are a metonym for his body dying. Alternate translation: “By the death of his body on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ EPH 3 6 i4h7 διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 through the gospel Possibl
EPH 3 8 y97f figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστον 1 unsearchable unable to be completely known (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 3 8 y97f figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστον 1 unsearchable unable to be completely known (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 8 e96z figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 riches of Christ Paul speaks of the truth about Christ and the blessings he brings as if they were material wealth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 3 8 e96z figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 riches of Christ Paul speaks of the truth about Christ and the blessings he brings as if they were material wealth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 3 9 f2zp figs-activepassive τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι 1 the mystery hidden for ages in God who created all things This can be stated in active form. “God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EPH 3 9 f2zp figs-activepassive τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι 1 the mystery hidden for ages in God who created all things This can be stated in active form. “God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 3 10 q62l γνωρισθῇ ... ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις … ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the rulers and authorities in the heavenly places would come to know the many-sided nature of the wisdom of God “God will make his great wisdom known to the rulers and authorities in the heavenly places through the Church” EPH 3 10 q62l γνωρισθῇ ... ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις ... ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the rulers and authorities in the heavenly places would come to know the many-sided nature of the wisdom of God “God will make his great wisdom known to the rulers and authorities in the heavenly places through the Church”
EPH 3 10 elh2 figs-doublet ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις 1 rulers and authorities These words share similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize that every spiritual being will know God’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EPH 3 10 elh2 figs-doublet ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις 1 rulers and authorities These words share similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize that every spiritual being will know God’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EPH 3 10 z7vy ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places “in the supernatural world.” The word “heavenly” refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md). EPH 3 10 z7vy ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places “in the supernatural world.” The word “heavenly” refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
EPH 3 10 ll77 figs-metaphor ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the many-sided nature of the wisdom of God God’s complex wisdom (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 3 10 ll77 figs-metaphor ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the many-sided nature of the wisdom of God God’s complex wisdom (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ EPH 4 3 pi5c τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος
EPH 4 4 x5kv figs-metaphor ἓν σῶμα 1 one body The church is often referred to as the body of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 4 4 x5kv figs-metaphor ἓν σῶμα 1 one body The church is often referred to as the body of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 4 y6ep ἓν Πνεῦμα 1 one Spirit “only one Holy Spirit” EPH 4 4 y6ep ἓν Πνεῦμα 1 one Spirit “only one Holy Spirit”
EPH 4 4 b9mr figs-activepassive ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν 1 you were called in one certain hope of your calling This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God called you to have one confident hope in your calling” or “there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EPH 4 4 b9mr figs-activepassive ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν 1 you were called in one certain hope of your calling This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God called you to have one confident hope in your calling” or “there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 4 6 bz5i Πατὴρ πάντων ... ἐπὶ πάντων … διὰ πάντων … ἐν πᾶσιν 1 Father of all ... over all ... through all ... and in all The word “all” here means “everything.” EPH 4 6 bz5i Πατὴρ πάντων ... ἐπὶ πάντων ... διὰ πάντων ... ἐν πᾶσιν 1 Father of all ... over all ... through all ... and in all The word “all” here means “everything.”
EPH 4 7 pp9t 0 General Information: The quote here is from a song that King David wrote. EPH 4 7 pp9t 0 General Information: The quote here is from a song that King David wrote.
EPH 4 7 i4za 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds believers of the gifts that Christ gives believers to use in the church, which is the whole body of believers. EPH 4 7 i4za 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds believers of the gifts that Christ gives believers to use in the church, which is the whole body of believers.
EPH 4 7 u2bw figs-activepassive ἑνὶ ... κάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις 1 To each one of us grace has been given This can be stated using an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given grace to each one of us” or “God gave a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EPH 4 7 u2bw figs-activepassive ἑνὶ ... κάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις 1 To each one of us grace has been given This can be stated using an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given grace to each one of us” or “God gave a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ EPH 4 14 ndj2 figs-metaphor κλυδωνιζόμενοι καὶ περιφερ
EPH 4 14 r3bj ἐν τῇ κυβίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν πανουργίᾳ πρὸς τὴν μεθοδίαν τῆς πλάνης 1 by the trickery of people in their deceitful schemes “by crafty people who trick believers with clever lies” EPH 4 14 r3bj ἐν τῇ κυβίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν πανουργίᾳ πρὸς τὴν μεθοδίαν τῆς πλάνης 1 by the trickery of people in their deceitful schemes “by crafty people who trick believers with clever lies”
EPH 4 15 zw32 figs-metaphor εἰς αὐτὸν ... ὅς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλή 1 into him who is the head Paul uses the human body to describe how Christ causes believers to work together in harmony as the head of a body causes the body parts to work together to grow healthy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 4 15 zw32 figs-metaphor εἰς αὐτὸν ... ὅς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλή 1 into him who is the head Paul uses the human body to describe how Christ causes believers to work together in harmony as the head of a body causes the body parts to work together to grow healthy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 15 i2ff ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 in love “as the members love one another” EPH 4 15 i2ff ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 in love “as the members love one another”
EPH 4 16 ll7f figs-metaphor ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα … τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ σώματος ποιεῖται εἰς οἰκοδομὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 Christ builds the whole body ... makes the body grow so that it builds itself up in love Paul uses the human body to describe how Christ causes believers to work together in harmony as the head of a body causes the body parts to work together to grow healthy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 4 16 ll7f figs-metaphor ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα ... τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ σώματος ποιεῖται εἰς οἰκοδομὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 Christ builds the whole body ... makes the body grow so that it builds itself up in love Paul uses the human body to describe how Christ causes believers to work together in harmony as the head of a body causes the body parts to work together to grow healthy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 16 l5r6 διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας 1 by every supporting ligament A “ligament” is a strong band that connects bones or organs in place in the body. EPH 4 16 l5r6 διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας 1 by every supporting ligament A “ligament” is a strong band that connects bones or organs in place in the body.
EPH 4 17 n5cy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells them what they should no longer do now that they as believers are sealed by the Holy Spirit of God. EPH 4 17 n5cy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells them what they should no longer do now that they as believers are sealed by the Holy Spirit of God.
EPH 4 17 ksr8 τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Therefore, I say and insist on this in the Lord “Because what I have just said, I will say something more to strongly encourage you because we all belong to the Lord” EPH 4 17 ksr8 τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Therefore, I say and insist on this in the Lord “Because what I have just said, I will say something more to strongly encourage you because we all belong to the Lord”
@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ EPH 4 21 hy7r figs-irony εἴ γε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν
EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught in him Possible meanings are 1) “Jesus’ people have taught you” or 2) “someone has taught you because you are Jesus’ people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught in him Possible meanings are 1) “Jesus’ people have taught you” or 2) “someone has taught you because you are Jesus’ people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EPH 4 21 gdz6 καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 as the truth is in Jesus “as everything about Jesus is true” EPH 4 21 gdz6 καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 as the truth is in Jesus “as everything about Jesus is true”
EPH 4 22 h1ha figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν 1 to put off what belongs to your former manner of life Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “to stop living according to your former manner of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 4 22 h1ha figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν 1 to put off what belongs to your former manner of life Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “to stop living according to your former manner of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 22 j7n7 figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι … τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 to put off the old man Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “to stop living as your former self did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 4 22 j7n7 figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ... τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 to put off the old man Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “to stop living as your former self did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 22 d3j6 τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 old man The “old man” refers to the “old nature” or “former self.” EPH 4 22 d3j6 τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 old man The “old man” refers to the “old nature” or “former self.”
EPH 4 22 qw3d figs-metaphor τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης 1 that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires Paul speaks of the sinful human nature as if it were a dead body falling apart in its grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 4 22 qw3d figs-metaphor τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης 1 that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires Paul speaks of the sinful human nature as if it were a dead body falling apart in its grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 23 jy7h figs-activepassive ἀνανεοῦσθαι ... τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν 1 to be renewed in the spirit of your minds This may be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “to allow God to change your attitudes and thoughts” or “to allow God to give you new attitudes and thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EPH 4 23 jy7h figs-activepassive ἀνανεοῦσθαι ... τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν 1 to be renewed in the spirit of your minds This may be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “to allow God to change your attitudes and thoughts” or “to allow God to give you new attitudes and thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ EPH 4 30 pgk9 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητε εἰς ἡμέ
EPH 4 31 b72p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his instructions on what believers should not do and ends with what they must do. EPH 4 31 b72p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his instructions on what believers should not do and ends with what they must do.
EPH 4 31 v576 figs-metaphor πᾶσα πικρία, καὶ θυμὸς, καὶ ὀργὴ ... ἀρθήτω 1 Put away all bitterness, rage, anger “Put away” here is a metaphor for not continuing to have certain attitudes or behaviors. Alternate translation: “You must not allow these things to be part of your life: bitterness, rage, anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 4 31 v576 figs-metaphor πᾶσα πικρία, καὶ θυμὸς, καὶ ὀργὴ ... ἀρθήτω 1 Put away all bitterness, rage, anger “Put away” here is a metaphor for not continuing to have certain attitudes or behaviors. Alternate translation: “You must not allow these things to be part of your life: bitterness, rage, anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 4 31 t1gj θυμὸς 1 rage intense anger EPH 4 31 t1gj θυμὸς 1 rage intense anger
EPH 4 32 ygw4 γίνεσθε … χρηστοί 1 Be kind “Instead, be kind” EPH 4 32 ygw4 γίνεσθε ... χρηστοί 1 Be kind “Instead, be kind”
EPH 4 32 w7tk εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others EPH 4 32 w7tk εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others
EPH 5 intro tdd2 0 # Ephesians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ<br>This is difficult to understand. Some scholars believe those who continue to practice these things will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. So immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. A more natural reading is “No person who is sexually immoral or indecent, or who is greedy (for this is the same as worshiping idols) will be among God’s people over whom Christ rules as king.” (UST) (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wives, submit to your husbands<br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br> EPH 5 intro tdd2 0 # Ephesians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ<br>This is difficult to understand. Some scholars believe those who continue to practice these things will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. So immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. A more natural reading is “No person who is sexually immoral or indecent, or who is greedy (for this is the same as worshiping idols) will be among God’s people over whom Christ rules as king.” (UST) (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wives, submit to your husbands<br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br>
EPH 5 1 wus5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how they should and should not live as God’s children. EPH 5 1 wus5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how they should and should not live as God’s children.
@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ EPH 5 19 v9ay figs-doublet ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 spiritual so
EPH 5 19 v3ql figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 with all your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. The phrase “with all your heart” means to do something with enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EPH 5 19 v3ql figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 with all your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. The phrase “with all your heart” means to do something with enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EPH 5 20 e6w5 ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” or “as people who belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” EPH 5 20 e6w5 ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” or “as people who belong to our Lord Jesus Christ”
EPH 5 22 isd7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other. EPH 5 22 isd7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other.
EPH 5 23 x637 figs-metaphor κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικὸς … κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the head of the wife ... the head of the church The word “head” represents the leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EPH 5 23 x637 figs-metaphor κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικὸς ... κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the head of the wife ... the head of the church The word “head” represents the leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EPH 5 25 sx8d 0 General Information: Here the words “himself” and “he” refer to Christ. The word “her” refers to the church. EPH 5 25 sx8d 0 General Information: Here the words “himself” and “he” refer to Christ. The word “her” refers to the church.
EPH 5 25 sm9e ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας 1 love your wives Here “love” refers to unselfish serving or giving love to wives. EPH 5 25 sm9e ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας 1 love your wives Here “love” refers to unselfish serving or giving love to wives.
EPH 5 25 i24y ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up “allowed people to kill him” EPH 5 25 i24y ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up “allowed people to kill him”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
95 EPH 2 13 quq4 νυνὶ δὲ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 But now in Christ Jesus Paul is marking a contrast between the Ephesians before they believed in Christ and after they believed in Christ.
96 EPH 2 13 uf8m figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς οἵ ποτε ὄντες μακρὰν, ἐγενήθητε ἐγγὺς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 you who once were far away from God have been brought near by the blood of Christ Not belonging to God due to sin is spoken of as being far away from God. Belonging to God because of the blood of Christ is spoken of as being brought near to God. Alternate translation: “you who once did not belong to God now belong to God because of the blood of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97 EPH 2 13 tth1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the blood of Christ The blood of Christ is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: “by Christ’s death” or “when Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
98 EPH 2 14 ue4u αὐτὸς … ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ... ἐστιν ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 he is our peace “Jesus gives us his peace”
99 EPH 2 14 ccy8 figs-inclusive ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 our peace The word “our” refers to Paul and his readers and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
100 EPH 2 14 t9zn ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἓν 1 He made the two one “He made the Jews and Gentiles one”
101 EPH 2 14 t6rd figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ αὐτοῦ 1 By his flesh The words “his flesh,” his physical body, are a metonym for his body dying. Alternate translation: “By the death of his body on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
137 EPH 3 8 y97f figs-metaphor ἀνεξιχνίαστον 1 unsearchable unable to be completely known (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
138 EPH 3 8 e96z figs-metaphor πλοῦτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 riches of Christ Paul speaks of the truth about Christ and the blessings he brings as if they were material wealth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
139 EPH 3 9 f2zp figs-activepassive τοῦ μυστηρίου, τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, τῷ τὰ πάντα κτίσαντι 1 the mystery hidden for ages in God who created all things This can be stated in active form. “God, who created all things, kept this plan hidden for long ages in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
140 EPH 3 10 q62l γνωρισθῇ ... ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις … ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ γνωρισθῇ ... ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις ... ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the rulers and authorities in the heavenly places would come to know the many-sided nature of the wisdom of God “God will make his great wisdom known to the rulers and authorities in the heavenly places through the Church”
141 EPH 3 10 elh2 figs-doublet ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις 1 rulers and authorities These words share similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize that every spiritual being will know God’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
142 EPH 3 10 z7vy ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places “in the supernatural world.” The word “heavenly” refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
143 EPH 3 10 ll77 figs-metaphor ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the many-sided nature of the wisdom of God God’s complex wisdom (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
175 EPH 4 4 x5kv figs-metaphor ἓν σῶμα 1 one body The church is often referred to as the body of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
176 EPH 4 4 y6ep ἓν Πνεῦμα 1 one Spirit “only one Holy Spirit”
177 EPH 4 4 b9mr figs-activepassive ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν 1 you were called in one certain hope of your calling This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God called you to have one confident hope in your calling” or “there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
178 EPH 4 6 bz5i Πατὴρ πάντων ... ἐπὶ πάντων … διὰ πάντων … ἐν πᾶσιν Πατὴρ πάντων ... ἐπὶ πάντων ... διὰ πάντων ... ἐν πᾶσιν 1 Father of all ... over all ... through all ... and in all The word “all” here means “everything.”
179 EPH 4 7 pp9t 0 General Information: The quote here is from a song that King David wrote.
180 EPH 4 7 i4za 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds believers of the gifts that Christ gives believers to use in the church, which is the whole body of believers.
181 EPH 4 7 u2bw figs-activepassive ἑνὶ ... κάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις 1 To each one of us grace has been given This can be stated using an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given grace to each one of us” or “God gave a gift to each believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
200 EPH 4 14 r3bj ἐν τῇ κυβίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν πανουργίᾳ πρὸς τὴν μεθοδίαν τῆς πλάνης 1 by the trickery of people in their deceitful schemes “by crafty people who trick believers with clever lies”
201 EPH 4 15 zw32 figs-metaphor εἰς αὐτὸν ... ὅς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλή 1 into him who is the head Paul uses the human body to describe how Christ causes believers to work together in harmony as the head of a body causes the body parts to work together to grow healthy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
202 EPH 4 15 i2ff ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 in love “as the members love one another”
203 EPH 4 16 ll7f figs-metaphor ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα … τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ σώματος ποιεῖται εἰς οἰκοδομὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα ... τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ σώματος ποιεῖται εἰς οἰκοδομὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 Christ builds the whole body ... makes the body grow so that it builds itself up in love Paul uses the human body to describe how Christ causes believers to work together in harmony as the head of a body causes the body parts to work together to grow healthy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
204 EPH 4 16 l5r6 διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας 1 by every supporting ligament A “ligament” is a strong band that connects bones or organs in place in the body.
205 EPH 4 17 n5cy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells them what they should no longer do now that they as believers are sealed by the Holy Spirit of God.
206 EPH 4 17 ksr8 τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Therefore, I say and insist on this in the Lord “Because what I have just said, I will say something more to strongly encourage you because we all belong to the Lord”
216 EPH 4 21 b3pn figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught in him Possible meanings are 1) “Jesus’ people have taught you” or 2) “someone has taught you because you are Jesus’ people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
217 EPH 4 21 gdz6 καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 as the truth is in Jesus “as everything about Jesus is true”
218 EPH 4 22 h1ha figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι ὑμᾶς κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφὴν 1 to put off what belongs to your former manner of life Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “to stop living according to your former manner of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
219 EPH 4 22 j7n7 figs-metaphor ἀποθέσθαι … τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀποθέσθαι ... τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 to put off the old man Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: “to stop living as your former self did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
220 EPH 4 22 d3j6 τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 old man The “old man” refers to the “old nature” or “former self.”
221 EPH 4 22 qw3d figs-metaphor τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης 1 that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires Paul speaks of the sinful human nature as if it were a dead body falling apart in its grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
222 EPH 4 23 jy7h figs-activepassive ἀνανεοῦσθαι ... τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν 1 to be renewed in the spirit of your minds This may be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “to allow God to change your attitudes and thoughts” or “to allow God to give you new attitudes and thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
234 EPH 4 31 b72p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his instructions on what believers should not do and ends with what they must do.
235 EPH 4 31 v576 figs-metaphor πᾶσα πικρία, καὶ θυμὸς, καὶ ὀργὴ ... ἀρθήτω 1 Put away all bitterness, rage, anger “Put away” here is a metaphor for not continuing to have certain attitudes or behaviors. Alternate translation: “You must not allow these things to be part of your life: bitterness, rage, anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
236 EPH 4 31 t1gj θυμὸς 1 rage intense anger
237 EPH 4 32 ygw4 γίνεσθε … χρηστοί γίνεσθε ... χρηστοί 1 Be kind “Instead, be kind”
238 EPH 4 32 w7tk εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others
239 EPH 5 intro tdd2 0 # Ephesians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inheritance of the kingdom of Christ<br>This is difficult to understand. Some scholars believe those who continue to practice these things will not inherit eternal life. But God can forgive all the sins listed in this verse. So immoral, impure, or greedy people can still receive eternal life if they repent and believe in Jesus. A more natural reading is “No person who is sexually immoral or indecent, or who is greedy (for this is the same as worshiping idols) will be among God’s people over whom Christ rules as king.” (UST) (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wives, submit to your husbands<br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br>
240 EPH 5 1 wus5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how they should and should not live as God’s children.
273 EPH 5 19 v3ql figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 with all your heart Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s thoughts or inner being. The phrase “with all your heart” means to do something with enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “with all of your being” or “enthusiastically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
274 EPH 5 20 e6w5 ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ “because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ” or “as people who belong to our Lord Jesus Christ”
275 EPH 5 22 isd7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other.
276 EPH 5 23 x637 figs-metaphor κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικὸς … κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικὸς ... κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the head of the wife ... the head of the church The word “head” represents the leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
277 EPH 5 25 sx8d 0 General Information: Here the words “himself” and “he” refer to Christ. The word “her” refers to the church.
278 EPH 5 25 sm9e ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας 1 love your wives Here “love” refers to unselfish serving or giving love to wives.
279 EPH 5 25 i24y ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up “allowed people to kill him”

6
en_tn_60-JAS.tsv
View File

@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ JAS 1 23 r6pp figs-ellipsis καὶ οὐ ποιητής 1 but not a doer The wo
JAS 1 23 pw5x figs-simile οὗτος ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ κατανοοῦντι τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ 1 he is like a man who examines his natural face in a mirror A person who hears God’s word is like someone who looks in the mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JAS 1 23 pw5x figs-simile οὗτος ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ κατανοοῦντι τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ 1 he is like a man who examines his natural face in a mirror A person who hears God’s word is like someone who looks in the mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JAS 1 23 shn9 τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ 1 his natural face The word “natural” clarifies that James is using the ordinary meaning of the word “face.” Alternate translation: “his face” JAS 1 23 shn9 τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ 1 his natural face The word “natural” clarifies that James is using the ordinary meaning of the word “face.” Alternate translation: “his face”
JAS 1 24 wu34 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 then goes away and immediately forgets what he was like It is implied that though he may see that he needs to do something, such as wash his face or fix his hair, he walks away and forgets to do it. This what a person who does not obey God’s word is like. Alternate translation: “then goes away and immediately forgets to do what he saw he needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JAS 1 24 wu34 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 then goes away and immediately forgets what he was like It is implied that though he may see that he needs to do something, such as wash his face or fix his hair, he walks away and forgets to do it. This what a person who does not obey God’s word is like. Alternate translation: “then goes away and immediately forgets to do what he saw he needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-simile ὁ ...παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον 1 the person who looks carefully into the perfect law This expression continues the image of the law as a mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-simile ὁ ... παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον 1 the person who looks carefully into the perfect law This expression continues the image of the law as a mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-explicit νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom The relationship between the law and freedom can be expressed clearly. Here “freedom” probably refers to freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “the perfect law that gives freedom” or “the perfect law that makes those who follow it free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-explicit νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom The relationship between the law and freedom can be expressed clearly. Here “freedom” probably refers to freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “the perfect law that gives freedom” or “the perfect law that makes those who follow it free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 1 25 jku1 figs-activepassive οὗτος μακάριος ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ ἔσται 1 this man will be blessed in his actions This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless this man as he obeys the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) JAS 1 25 jku1 figs-activepassive οὗτος μακάριος ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ ἔσται 1 this man will be blessed in his actions This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless this man as he obeys the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 26 j1bg δοκεῖ θρησκὸς εἶναι 1 thinks himself to be religious “thinks he worships God correctly” JAS 1 26 j1bg δοκεῖ θρησκὸς εἶναι 1 thinks himself to be religious “thinks he worships God correctly”
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ JAS 2 1 kab4 ἀδελφοί μου 1 My brothers James considers his audience
JAS 2 1 qs2x figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 hold to faith in our Lord Jesus Christ Believing in Jesus Christ is spoken of as if it were an object that one could hold onto. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) JAS 2 1 qs2x figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 hold to faith in our Lord Jesus Christ Believing in Jesus Christ is spoken of as if it were an object that one could hold onto. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 2 1 x32n figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ The word “our” includes James and his fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) JAS 2 1 x32n figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ The word “our” includes James and his fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
JAS 2 1 en1c προσωπολημψίαις 1 favoritism toward certain people the desire to help some people more than others JAS 2 1 en1c προσωπολημψίαις 1 favoritism toward certain people the desire to help some people more than others
JAS 2 2 h5uh figs-hypo ἐὰν ...ἀνὴρ 1 Suppose that someone James starts to describe a situation where the believers might give more honor to a rich person than to a poor person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) JAS 2 2 h5uh figs-hypo ἐὰν ... ἀνὴρ 1 Suppose that someone James starts to describe a situation where the believers might give more honor to a rich person than to a poor person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JAS 2 2 j8d5 χρυσοδακτύλιος, ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ 1 wearing gold rings and fine clothes “dressed like a wealthy person” JAS 2 2 j8d5 χρυσοδακτύλιος, ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ 1 wearing gold rings and fine clothes “dressed like a wealthy person”
JAS 2 3 zx9f σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 sit here in a good place sit in this place of honor JAS 2 3 zx9f σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 sit here in a good place sit in this place of honor
JAS 2 3 ce14 σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ 1 stand over there move to a place with less honor JAS 2 3 ce14 σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ 1 stand over there move to a place with less honor
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ JAS 2 8 q9hh νόμον τελεῖτε βασιλικὸν 1 fulfill the royal
JAS 2 8 ymf5 ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You shall love your neighbor as yourself James is quoting from the book of Leviticus. JAS 2 8 ymf5 ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You shall love your neighbor as yourself James is quoting from the book of Leviticus.
JAS 2 8 gll2 τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor “all people” or “everyone” JAS 2 8 gll2 τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor “all people” or “everyone”
JAS 2 8 b9wu καλῶς ποιεῖτε 1 you do well “you are doing well” or “you are doing what is right” JAS 2 8 b9wu καλῶς ποιεῖτε 1 you do well “you are doing well” or “you are doing what is right”
JAS 2 9 xt6y εἰ ...προσωπολημπτεῖτε 1 if you favor “give special treatment to” or “give honor to” JAS 2 9 xt6y εἰ ... προσωπολημπτεῖτε 1 if you favor “give special treatment to” or “give honor to”
JAS 2 9 cq5h ἁμαρτίαν ἐργάζεσθε 1 committing sin “sinning.” That is, breaking the law. JAS 2 9 cq5h ἁμαρτίαν ἐργάζεσθε 1 committing sin “sinning.” That is, breaking the law.
JAS 2 9 gl2e figs-personification ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as lawbreakers Here the law is spoken of as if it were a human judge. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) JAS 2 9 gl2e figs-personification ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as lawbreakers Here the law is spoken of as if it were a human judge. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 2 10 l29g ὅστις γὰρ ... τηρήσῃ 1 For whoever obeys “For anyone who obeys” JAS 2 10 l29g ὅστις γὰρ ... τηρήσῃ 1 For whoever obeys “For anyone who obeys”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
66 JAS 1 23 pw5x figs-simile οὗτος ἔοικεν ἀνδρὶ κατανοοῦντι τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ 1 he is like a man who examines his natural face in a mirror A person who hears God’s word is like someone who looks in the mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
67 JAS 1 23 shn9 τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ 1 his natural face The word “natural” clarifies that James is using the ordinary meaning of the word “face.” Alternate translation: “his face”
68 JAS 1 24 wu34 figs-explicit καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν 1 then goes away and immediately forgets what he was like It is implied that though he may see that he needs to do something, such as wash his face or fix his hair, he walks away and forgets to do it. This what a person who does not obey God’s word is like. Alternate translation: “then goes away and immediately forgets to do what he saw he needed to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
69 JAS 1 25 kvr7 figs-simile ὁ ...παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον ὁ ... παρακύψας εἰς νόμον τέλειον 1 the person who looks carefully into the perfect law This expression continues the image of the law as a mirror. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
70 JAS 1 25 sf8k figs-explicit νόμον τέλειον, τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας 1 the perfect law of freedom The relationship between the law and freedom can be expressed clearly. Here “freedom” probably refers to freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “the perfect law that gives freedom” or “the perfect law that makes those who follow it free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
71 JAS 1 25 jku1 figs-activepassive οὗτος μακάριος ἐν τῇ ποιήσει αὐτοῦ ἔσται 1 this man will be blessed in his actions This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless this man as he obeys the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72 JAS 1 26 j1bg δοκεῖ θρησκὸς εἶναι 1 thinks himself to be religious “thinks he worships God correctly”
85 JAS 2 1 qs2x figs-metaphor ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 hold to faith in our Lord Jesus Christ Believing in Jesus Christ is spoken of as if it were an object that one could hold onto. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
86 JAS 2 1 x32n figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ The word “our” includes James and his fellow believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
87 JAS 2 1 en1c προσωπολημψίαις 1 favoritism toward certain people the desire to help some people more than others
88 JAS 2 2 h5uh figs-hypo ἐὰν ...ἀνὴρ ἐὰν ... ἀνὴρ 1 Suppose that someone James starts to describe a situation where the believers might give more honor to a rich person than to a poor person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
89 JAS 2 2 j8d5 χρυσοδακτύλιος, ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ 1 wearing gold rings and fine clothes “dressed like a wealthy person”
90 JAS 2 3 zx9f σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς 1 sit here in a good place sit in this place of honor
91 JAS 2 3 ce14 σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ 1 stand over there move to a place with less honor
110 JAS 2 8 ymf5 ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You shall love your neighbor as yourself James is quoting from the book of Leviticus.
111 JAS 2 8 gll2 τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor “all people” or “everyone”
112 JAS 2 8 b9wu καλῶς ποιεῖτε 1 you do well “you are doing well” or “you are doing what is right”
113 JAS 2 9 xt6y εἰ ...προσωπολημπτεῖτε εἰ ... προσωπολημπτεῖτε 1 if you favor “give special treatment to” or “give honor to”
114 JAS 2 9 cq5h ἁμαρτίαν ἐργάζεσθε 1 committing sin “sinning.” That is, breaking the law.
115 JAS 2 9 gl2e figs-personification ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται 1 convicted by the law as lawbreakers Here the law is spoken of as if it were a human judge. Alternate translation: “guilty of breaking God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
116 JAS 2 10 l29g ὅστις γὰρ ... τηρήσῃ 1 For whoever obeys “For anyone who obeys”

10
en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
View File

@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](./06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](./05.md))<br> 1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](./06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](./05.md))<br>
1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing. 1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 the foreigners of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 the foreigners of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας … Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia ... Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, “Cappadocia” and “Bithynia” were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey. 1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας ... Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia ... Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, “Cappadocia” and “Bithynia” were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey.
1PE 1 1 cf7b ἐκλεκτοῖς 1 the chosen ones “the ones whom God the Father has chosen.” God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge. 1PE 1 1 cf7b ἐκλεκτοῖς 1 the chosen ones “the ones whom God the Father has chosen.” God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge.
1PE 1 2 a3gd κατὰ πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 according to the foreknowledge of God the Father “according to his own foreknowledge” 1PE 1 2 a3gd κατὰ πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 according to the foreknowledge of God the Father “according to his own foreknowledge”
1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father The abstract noun “foreknowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Possible meanings are 1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father decided previously” or 2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father The abstract noun “foreknowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Possible meanings are 1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father decided previously” or 2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Here “the blood” refers to the death of Jesus. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Here “the blood” refers to the death of Jesus. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. Here he elaborates on a metaphor in which what God promises to do for all believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he passes on to them. 1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. Here he elaborates on a metaphor in which what God promises to do for all believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he passes on to them.
1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ … ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ ... has given us new birth The words “our” and “us” refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]]) 1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ... ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ ... has given us new birth The words “our” and “us” refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 he has given us new birth “he has caused us to be born again” 1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 he has given us new birth “he has caused us to be born again”
1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν 1 This is for an inheritance You can translate this using a verb. Alternate translation: “We confidently expect to receive an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν 1 This is for an inheritance You can translate this using a verb. Alternate translation: “We confidently expect to receive an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν ... λίθον ζῶντα 1 who is a living stone Possible meanings are 1) “who is a stone that is alive” or 2) “who is a stone that gives life.” 1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν ... λίθον ζῶντα 1 who is a living stone Possible meanings are 1) “who is a stone that is alive” or 2) “who is a stone that gives life.”
1PE 2 4 e8sy figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον 1 that has been rejected by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 4 e8sy figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον 1 that has been rejected by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 2 4 a438 figs-activepassive παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν 1 but that has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 4 a438 figs-activepassive παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν 1 but that has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 2 5 z11h figs-metaphor καὶ αὐτοὶ … οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 You also are ... being built up to be a spiritual house Just as people used stones to build the temple in the Old Testament, believers are the materials that God is using to build a house in which he will live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 5 z11h figs-metaphor καὶ αὐτοὶ ... οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 You also are ... being built up to be a spiritual house Just as people used stones to build the temple in the Old Testament, believers are the materials that God is using to build a house in which he will live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 5 g33x figs-simile καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες 1 You also are like living stones Peter compares his readers to stones that are alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 1PE 2 5 g33x figs-simile καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες 1 You also are like living stones Peter compares his readers to stones that are alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 that are being built up to be a spiritual house This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God is building into a spiritual house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 that are being built up to be a spiritual house This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God is building into a spiritual house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 2 5 i4bn figs-metonymy ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας 1 a holy priesthood that offers the spiritual sacrifices Here the position of priesthood stands for the priests who fulfill its duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1PE 2 5 i4bn figs-metonymy ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας 1 a holy priesthood that offers the spiritual sacrifices Here the position of priesthood stands for the priests who fulfill its duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-explicit λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον 1 a cornerstone, chosen and valuable God is the one who chose the stone. Alternate translation: “a most important cornerstone, which I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-explicit λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον 1 a cornerstone, chosen and valuable God is the one who chose the stone. Alternate translation: “a most important cornerstone, which I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 2 6 xsx8 figs-metaphor λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον 1 a cornerstone The prophet speaks of the Messiah as the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 6 xsx8 figs-metaphor λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον 1 a cornerstone The prophet speaks of the Messiah as the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 7 ze1c 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues quoting from the scriptures. 1PE 2 7 ze1c 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues quoting from the scriptures.
1PE 2 7 uu3j figs-metaphor λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν … ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the stone that was rejected ... has become the head of the corner This is a metaphor that means people, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God has made him the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1PE 2 7 uu3j figs-metaphor λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν ... ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the stone that was rejected ... has become the head of the corner This is a metaphor that means people, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God has made him the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1PE 2 7 i4jl figs-activepassive λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 the stone that was rejected by the builders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone that the builders rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 2 7 i4jl figs-activepassive λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 the stone that was rejected by the builders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone that the builders rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 2 7 ql12 κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner This refers to the most important stone in a building and means basically the same thing as “cornerstone” in [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). 1PE 2 7 ql12 κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner This refers to the most important stone in a building and means basically the same thing as “cornerstone” in [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md).
1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-explicit λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 A stone of stumbling and a rock that makes them fall These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that people will take offense at this “stone,” which refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-explicit λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 A stone of stumbling and a rock that makes them fall These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that people will take offense at this “stone,” which refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 If it begins with us, what will be the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 If it begins with us, what will be the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the outcome for those “what will happen to those” 1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the outcome for those “what will happen to those”
1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 those who do not obey God’s gospel “those who do not believe God’s gospel.” Here the word “obey” means to believe. 1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 those who do not obey God’s gospel “those who do not believe God’s gospel.” Here the word “obey” means to believe.
1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος … ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 the righteous ... what will become of the ungodly and the sinner? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man ... the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος ... ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 the righteous ... what will become of the ungodly and the sinner? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man ... the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 what will become of the ungodly and the sinner “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner” 1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 what will become of the ungodly and the sinner “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner”
1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If it is difficult for the righteous to be saved Here the word “saved” refers to final salvation when Christ returns. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If it is difficult for the righteous to be saved Here the word “saved” refers to final salvation when Christ returns. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words “ungodly” and “sinner” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words “ungodly” and “sinner” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
3 1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](./06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](./05.md))<br>
4 1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
5 1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 the foreigners of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6 1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας … Βιθυνίας Καππαδοκίας ... Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia ... Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, “Cappadocia” and “Bithynia” were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey.
7 1PE 1 1 cf7b ἐκλεκτοῖς 1 the chosen ones “the ones whom God the Father has chosen.” God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge.
8 1PE 1 2 a3gd κατὰ πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 according to the foreknowledge of God the Father “according to his own foreknowledge”
9 1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father The abstract noun “foreknowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Possible meanings are 1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father decided previously” or 2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: “what God the Father knew beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
10 1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Here “the blood” refers to the death of Jesus. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11 1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
12 1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers’ salvation and faith. Here he elaborates on a metaphor in which what God promises to do for all believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he passes on to them.
13 1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ … ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ... ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 our Lord Jesus Christ ... has given us new birth The words “our” and “us” refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
14 1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 he has given us new birth “he has caused us to be born again”
15 1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν 1 This is for an inheritance You can translate this using a verb. Alternate translation: “We confidently expect to receive an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
16 1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
83 1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν ... λίθον ζῶντα 1 who is a living stone Possible meanings are 1) “who is a stone that is alive” or 2) “who is a stone that gives life.”
84 1PE 2 4 e8sy figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον 1 that has been rejected by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that people have rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
85 1PE 2 4 a438 figs-activepassive παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν 1 but that has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but that God has chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
86 1PE 2 5 z11h figs-metaphor καὶ αὐτοὶ … οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς καὶ αὐτοὶ ... οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 You also are ... being built up to be a spiritual house Just as people used stones to build the temple in the Old Testament, believers are the materials that God is using to build a house in which he will live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
87 1PE 2 5 g33x figs-simile καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες 1 You also are like living stones Peter compares his readers to stones that are alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
88 1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 that are being built up to be a spiritual house This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God is building into a spiritual house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
89 1PE 2 5 i4bn figs-metonymy ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας 1 a holy priesthood that offers the spiritual sacrifices Here the position of priesthood stands for the priests who fulfill its duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
92 1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-explicit λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον 1 a cornerstone, chosen and valuable God is the one who chose the stone. Alternate translation: “a most important cornerstone, which I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
93 1PE 2 6 xsx8 figs-metaphor λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον 1 a cornerstone The prophet speaks of the Messiah as the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
94 1PE 2 7 ze1c 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues quoting from the scriptures.
95 1PE 2 7 uu3j figs-metaphor λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν … ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν ... ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the stone that was rejected ... has become the head of the corner This is a metaphor that means people, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God has made him the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
96 1PE 2 7 i4jl figs-activepassive λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 the stone that was rejected by the builders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone that the builders rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
97 1PE 2 7 ql12 κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner This refers to the most important stone in a building and means basically the same thing as “cornerstone” in [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md).
98 1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-explicit λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 A stone of stumbling and a rock that makes them fall These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that people will take offense at this “stone,” which refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
236 1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 If it begins with us, what will be the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel? Peter use this question to emphasize that God’s judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: “If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God’s gospel will be much worse.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
237 1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the outcome for those “what will happen to those”
238 1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 those who do not obey God’s gospel “those who do not believe God’s gospel.” Here the word “obey” means to believe.
239 1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ὁ δίκαιος … ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται ὁ δίκαιος ... ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 the righteous ... what will become of the ungodly and the sinner? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: “the righteous man ... the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
240 1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 what will become of the ungodly and the sinner “what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner”
241 1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If it is difficult for the righteous to be saved Here the word “saved” refers to final salvation when Christ returns. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
242 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words “ungodly” and “sinner” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

8
en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
View File

@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 4 uzy2 figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 in chains of lower darkness Possible meanings are 1) “in chains in a very dark place” or 2) “in very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 4 uzy2 figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 in chains of lower darkness Possible meanings are 1) “in chains in a very dark place” or 2) “in very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 4 c2ak εἰς κρίσιν 1 until the judgment This refers to the day of judgment when God will judge every person. 2PE 2 4 c2ak εἰς κρίσιν 1 until the judgment This refers to the day of judgment when God will judge every person.
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here the word “world” refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here the word “world” refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 5 iw5v ὄγδοον, Νῶε … ἐφύλαξεν 1 he preserved Noah ... along with seven others God did not destroy Noah and seven other people when he destroyed the rest of the people who lived in the ancient world. 2PE 2 5 iw5v ὄγδοον, Νῶε ... ἐφύλαξεν 1 he preserved Noah ... along with seven others God did not destroy Noah and seven other people when he destroyed the rest of the people who lived in the ancient world.
2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes “burned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah with fire until only ashes remained” 2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes “burned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah with fire until only ashes remained”
2PE 2 6 reg3 καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 condemned them to destruction Here the word “them” refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and the people who lived in them. 2PE 2 6 reg3 καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 condemned them to destruction Here the word “them” refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and the people who lived in them.
2PE 2 6 hgt7 ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν 1 as an example of what is to happen to the ungodly Sodom and Gomorrah serve as an example and a warning of what will happen to others who disobey God. 2PE 2 6 hgt7 ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν 1 as an example of what is to happen to the ungodly Sodom and Gomorrah serve as an example and a warning of what will happen to others who disobey God.
@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-explicit τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 people who try to escape from those who live in error This phrase refers to people who recently became believers. The phrase “those who live in error” refers to unbelievers who still live in sin. Alternate translation: “people who try to live rightly, instead of living sinfully as they used to and as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-explicit τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 people who try to escape from those who live in error This phrase refers to people who recently became believers. The phrase “those who live in error” refers to unbelievers who still live in sin. Alternate translation: “people who try to live rightly, instead of living sinfully as they used to and as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 18 jec8 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας 1 people who try to escape Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 18 jec8 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας 1 people who try to escape Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς 1 They promise freedom to them, but they themselves are slaves of corruption “Freedom” here is an idiom for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “They promise to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς 1 They promise freedom to them, but they themselves are slaves of corruption “Freedom” here is an idiom for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “They promise to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν ... ἐπαγγελλόμενοι … δοῦλοι ... τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promise freedom ... slaves of corruption Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν ... ἐπαγγελλόμενοι ... δοῦλοι ... τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promise freedom ... slaves of corruption Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 For a man is a slave to whatever overcomes him Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: “For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 For a man is a slave to whatever overcomes him Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: “For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 20 d6ra 0 Connecting Statement: The words “they” and “them” refer to the false teachers Peter speaks of in verses 12-19. 2PE 2 20 d6ra 0 Connecting Statement: The words “they” and “them” refer to the false teachers Peter speaks of in verses 12-19.
2PE 2 20 q96i εἰ ... ἀποφυγόντες … δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν … τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 If they have escaped ... and are again entangled ... and overcome, the last state has become worse ... than the first This sentence is a description of a conditional statement that is true. The false teachers had at one time “escaped,” but if they are again entangled ... and overcome,” then “the last state has become worse ... than the first.” 2PE 2 20 q96i εἰ ... ἀποφυγόντες ... δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν ... τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 If they have escaped ... and are again entangled ... and overcome, the last state has become worse ... than the first This sentence is a description of a conditional statement that is true. The false teachers had at one time “escaped,” but if they are again entangled ... and overcome,” then “the last state has become worse ... than the first.”
2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the corruption of the world The word “defilements” refers to sinful behavior that makes one morally impure. The “world” refers to human society. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the corruption of the world The word “defilements” refers to sinful behavior that makes one morally impure. The “world” refers to human society. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ... καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ You can translate “knowledge” using a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [2 Peter 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ... καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ You can translate “knowledge” using a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [2 Peter 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 20 d42g γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last state has become worse for them than the first “their condition is worse than it was before” 2PE 2 20 d42g γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last state has become worse for them than the first “their condition is worse than it was before”
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 our fathers fell asleep Here “fathers” refers to ancestors who lived long ago. Falling asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “our ancestors died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 our fathers fell asleep Here “fathers” refers to ancestors who lived long ago. Falling asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “our ancestors died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things have stayed the same, since the beginning of creation The mockers exaggerate with the word “all”, and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things have stayed the same, since the beginning of creation The mockers exaggerate with the word “all”, and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 since the beginning of creation This can be translated as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 since the beginning of creation This can be translated as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ … συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 the heavens and the earth came to exist ... long ago, by God’s command This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God established the heavens and the earth ... long ago by his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ ... συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 the heavens and the earth came to exist ... long ago, by God’s command This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God established the heavens and the earth ... long ago by his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 came to exist out of water and through water This means that God caused the land to come up out of the water, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear. 2PE 3 5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 came to exist out of water and through water This means that God caused the land to come up out of the water, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
2PE 3 6 jh4r δι’ ὧν 1 through these things Here “these things” refers to God’s word and water. 2PE 3 6 jh4r δι’ ὧν 1 through these things Here “these things” refers to God’s word and water.
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὁ τότε κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς ἀπώλετο 1 the world of that time was destroyed, being flooded with water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world that existed at that time with water and destroyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὁ τότε κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς ἀπώλετο 1 the world of that time was destroyed, being flooded with water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world that existed at that time with water and destroyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
74 2PE 2 4 uzy2 figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 in chains of lower darkness Possible meanings are 1) “in chains in a very dark place” or 2) “in very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
75 2PE 2 4 c2ak εἰς κρίσιν 1 until the judgment This refers to the day of judgment when God will judge every person.
76 2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here the word “world” refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
77 2PE 2 5 iw5v ὄγδοον, Νῶε … ἐφύλαξεν ὄγδοον, Νῶε ... ἐφύλαξεν 1 he preserved Noah ... along with seven others God did not destroy Noah and seven other people when he destroyed the rest of the people who lived in the ancient world.
78 2PE 2 6 gp3e πόλεις Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρας τεφρώσας 1 reduced the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah to ashes “burned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah with fire until only ashes remained”
79 2PE 2 6 reg3 καταστροφῇ κατέκρινεν 1 condemned them to destruction Here the word “them” refers to Sodom and Gomorrah and the people who lived in them.
80 2PE 2 6 hgt7 ὑπόδειγμα μελλόντων ἀσεβέσιν 1 as an example of what is to happen to the ungodly Sodom and Gomorrah serve as an example and a warning of what will happen to others who disobey God.
115 2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-explicit τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 people who try to escape from those who live in error This phrase refers to people who recently became believers. The phrase “those who live in error” refers to unbelievers who still live in sin. Alternate translation: “people who try to live rightly, instead of living sinfully as they used to and as other people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
116 2PE 2 18 jec8 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας 1 people who try to escape Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
117 2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς 1 They promise freedom to them, but they themselves are slaves of corruption “Freedom” here is an idiom for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: “They promise to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
118 2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν ... ἐπαγγελλόμενοι … δοῦλοι ... τῆς φθορᾶς ἐλευθερίαν ... ἐπαγγελλόμενοι ... δοῦλοι ... τῆς φθορᾶς 1 promise freedom ... slaves of corruption Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
119 2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ δεδούλωται 1 For a man is a slave to whatever overcomes him Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: “For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
120 2PE 2 20 d6ra 0 Connecting Statement: The words “they” and “them” refer to the false teachers Peter speaks of in verses 12-19.
121 2PE 2 20 q96i εἰ ... ἀποφυγόντες … δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν … τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων εἰ ... ἀποφυγόντες ... δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται, γέγονεν ... τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 If they have escaped ... and are again entangled ... and overcome, the last state has become worse ... than the first This sentence is a description of a conditional statement that is true. The false teachers had at one time “escaped,” but if they are again entangled ... and overcome,” then “the last state has become worse ... than the first.”
122 2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the corruption of the world The word “defilements” refers to sinful behavior that makes one morally impure. The “world” refers to human society. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
123 2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ... καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ You can translate “knowledge” using a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [2 Peter 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
124 2PE 2 20 d42g γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last state has become worse for them than the first “their condition is worse than it was before”
139 2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 our fathers fell asleep Here “fathers” refers to ancestors who lived long ago. Falling asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: “our ancestors died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
140 2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things have stayed the same, since the beginning of creation The mockers exaggerate with the word “all”, and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
141 2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 since the beginning of creation This can be translated as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
142 2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ … συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ ... συνεστῶσα τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 the heavens and the earth came to exist ... long ago, by God’s command This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God established the heavens and the earth ... long ago by his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
143 2PE 3 5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 came to exist out of water and through water This means that God caused the land to come up out of the water, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
144 2PE 3 6 jh4r δι’ ὧν 1 through these things Here “these things” refers to God’s word and water.
145 2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὁ τότε κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς ἀπώλετο 1 the world of that time was destroyed, being flooded with water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world that existed at that time with water and destroyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])